248
THE GOVERNMENT OF THE HONG KONG SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE REGION HANDBOOK FOR PREPARING BILLS OF QUANTITIES FOR CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS (Dated 29 December 2006)

Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

THE GOVERNMENT OF THE HONG KONG SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE REGION

HANDBOOK

FOR PREPARING BILLS OF QUANTITIES

FOR

CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS

(Dated 29 December 2006)

Page 2: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

2

PREFACE In late 2001, the Steering Group to Monitor the Use of the Standard Method of Measurement for Civil Engineering Works set up a Working Group to review the Standard Method of Measurement for Civil Engineering Works, 1992 Edition (the SMM). Members of the Working Group comprised contract advisers of Works Departments under the Environment, Transport and Works Bureau of the Government of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (the Bureau) and representatives from the Legal Advisory Division of the Bureau. The Working Group produced a new measurement document entitled “Handbook for Preparing Bills of Quantities for Civil Engineering Works” (the Handbook), which is to replace the SMM. In the process of finalizing the Handbook, the Working Group took into consideration the findings and recommendations of a consultant appointed by the Bureau in October 2005 to review the draft Handbook. The Handbook sets out guidelines for preparing the Bills of Quantities for civil engineering works contracts. In identifying and describing the work required of an item of work, the Handbook takes a different approach from that of the SMM. While the SMM relies heavily on the concept of item coverage, the approach in the Handbook is to identify and describe the requirement by way of item description and item description extension. The Bills of Quantities remains to be intended in the first instance to give information upon which tenders can be obtained. When a contract has been entered into, the function of the priced Bills of Quantities is to provide for the valuation of the work executed. More emphasis, however, is now placed on the need to ensure that the price tendered represents the all inclusive value of the work required by the Conditions of Contract, Drawings and Specification. Provisions have also been made to do away with the time consuming and resources demanding Cost ascertainment exercise associated with excusable delay - by measuring and paying such Cost through items in the Bills of Quantities.

Unlike the SMM, the Handbook will not form a part of the contract document. In using the Handbook, the contract drafter should devote sufficient time and resources to prepare the Bills of Quantities and take heed of any peculiarities of his project to ensure that the Bills of Quantities are compatible with other documents, including the Conditions of Contract, Drawings and Specification.

Page 3: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

3

CONTENTS

PAGE

Preface 2

PART I : GUIDELINES FOR PREPARING BILLS OF QUANTITIES 5

PART II : PREAMBLE 12

PART III : ITEM DESCRIPTION, UNIT AND MEASUREMENT 17

Section 1 Preliminaries 18

Section 2 Ground Investigation 45

Section 3 Site Preparation Works 55

Section 4 Fencing and Gates 59

Section 5 Drainage and Ducts 61

Section 6 Pipework 81

Section 7 Earthworks 95

Section 8 Roads and Pavings 106

Section 9 Piling Works 122

Section 10 Formwork 134

Section 11 Steel Reinforcement 137

Section 12 Concrete 140

Section 13 Prestressing 144

Section 14 Steelwork 147

Section 15 Waterproofing 152

Section 16 Bearings and Movement Joints 154

Section 17 Marine Works 158

Section 18 Tunnelling 166

Section 19 Geotechnical Works 177

Section 20 Not Used

Section 21 Not Used

Section 22 Brickwork, Blockwork and Masonry 195

Section 23 Finishings 199

Page 4: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

4

Section 24 Landscape Works 201

Section 25 Testing 213

Section 26 Miscellaneous 220

Section 27 Daywork 227

Section 28 Site Safety and Environmental Management 233

Section 29 Prime Cost Sums 244

Section 30 Work and Services Not Separately Itemised 247

Page 5: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

5

PART I

GUIDELINES FOR PREPARING BILLS OF QUANTITIES A. General

A.1 These guidelines are to be used for the preparation of Bills of Quantities at the pre-contract stage. The Bills of Quantities shall comprise the following:

- Preamble - Method of Measurement - Bill No. 1 : Preliminaries - Bill No. 2 : : - Bill No. : - Bill No. : Daywork -* Bill No. : Site Safety and Environmental Management -* Bill No. : Provisional Sums -* Bill No. : Prime Cost Sums - Bill No. : Work and Services Not Separately Itemised - Grand Summary

* These bills should be included where applicable.

A.2 Part II of this Handbook shall be reproduced as the Preamble to the Bills of Quantities. A.3 The Method of Measurement shall be prepared to cover all items of work in the bills within

the Bills of Quantities using Part III of this Handbook as the basis. The layout of the method of measurement for an item of work shall take the following form:

(i) Heading; (ii) Sub-heading; (iii) Item description and unit; (iv) Item description extension (if any); and (v) Measurement (if any).

A.4 In Part III of the Handbook, notes, itemisation tables and any wording printed in italics and

of a unique font of their own are for guidance of the contract drafter only and shall not be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

A.5 The itemisation tables are guidelines for preparing item descriptions. A.6 In determining the number of bills to be included in the Bills of Quantities, the contract

drafter may take into account the nature and location of work, date of commencement, time for completion or any other pertinent circumstances. Thus, for example, separate bills may be provided for different areas of the Site or Sections of the Works.

A.7 Each bill shall contain items of work grouped into appropriate sections, adopting the section

headings/sub-headings, order and numbering in Part III of this Handbook. Where a section, a sub-heading or a paragraph in Part III of this Handbook is not required for incorporation into the Contract, the contract drafter shall state “not used” against such section, paragraph or chronological group of paragraphs in the Method of Measurement. This is necessary for maintaining the cross-referencing of paragraphs adopted in the Handbook. To maintain the

Page 6: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

6

consecutive paragraph numbering in the Method of Measurement, when new paragraphs are inserted, the paragraphs should be suffixed with a capital alphabet. Thus, for example, if new measurement rules are provided in respect of manholes after paragraph 5.20 in Part III, they shall be designated as paragraphs 5.20A, 5.20B, etc. Additional paragraphs for items of work under a new sub-heading which are not provided in Part III of this Handbook should be added to the end of the appropriate sections of the Method of Measurement.

A.8 Each item description is to be consistent with and be compounded from one or more of the

descriptive features listed in the itemisation groups in the various sections in Part III of this Handbook. As many of these groups or features shall be used as may be necessary to identify the work required. However, no more than one feature from any one group may be represented in any one item description.

A.9 If the descriptive features contained in the itemisation groups do not correctly identify the

work required, the contract drafter shall amend and draft any additional item descriptions or item description extensions necessary to fully describe the work for inclusion in the Method of Measurement and the bills. The item descriptions shall be drafted using the wording and format of the itemisation tables in the Handbook. The contract drafter may add new sub-headings, but shall not delete, amend or revise existing sub-headings. The contract drafter shall also amend, revise or add anything to the unit, measurement, item description and item description extension where necessary to suit specific project needs.

A.10 The purpose of the item description extension is to avoid lengthy item descriptions and to

avoid uncertainty or ambiguity as to what is to be priced by identifying and listing those components that are intended to be included under that item of work as distinguished from any other separately measurable items of work. Work or services of an incidental nature need not be stated.

A.11 Item descriptions shall be concise, comprising descriptions from the chosen groups and

features of the itemisation tables, with reference to relevant Drawings where possible, although it is not necessary to refer to all Drawings on which the item being described appears. Information given in item descriptions should be sufficient to identify the work required without ambiguity.

A.12 The Bills of Quantities are to contain all those items required to comprise the Works. A.13 Quantities may be rounded up or down where appropriate. Fractional quantities are not

generally necessary but, where required, should not be given to more than one place of decimals.

B. Materials supplied to the Contractor

Where the Contractor is to be supplied with materials on Site or where he is to collect materials from a designated source, it should be so stated in the item description or item description extension in the Bills of Quantities.

C. Work affected by non-tidal open water or tidal water and not covered in Marine Works section

Work affected by non-tidal open water or tidal water shall not be measured separately unless the nature of the work is such that if separate measurement for such work is not provided for, this will cause undue difficulty to the tenderers in pricing their tenders.

Page 7: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

7

D. Plant used on daywork – section 27 Separate items should be provided for Provisional Sums, and percentage adjustment thereto, for

different categories of plant used on daywork in accordance with the relevant sections of the “HKCA Schedules For Plant Used in Dayworks Carried Out Incidental to Contract Work”.

E. Prime Cost Sums – section 29

E.1 Where Prime Cost Sums are included in the Bills of Quantities for work to be executed or services to be supplied by a Nominated Sub-contractor, separate items are to be provided for:

(i) general attendance provided by the Contractor in connection therewith in the form of a

lump sum; (ii) special attendance provided by the Contractor (if required) for any facility or specific

requirements not covered under general attendance in the form of a lump sum. Such facility and specific requirements shall be stated clearly in the item description;

(iii) the Contractor’s profit in relation to the Prime Cost Sum in the form of a percentage. E.2 Where Prime Cost Sums are included in the Bills of Quantities for materials to be supplied

by a Nominated Sub-contractor, a separate item shall be provided for the Contractor’s profit in relation to the Prime Cost Sum in the form of a percentage.

F. Contingency Sum

A Contingency Sum, if required, shall be provided in the Grand Summary following the total of the amounts brought forward from the summary of each bill.

G. Adjustment Item

An item described as the Adjustment Item shall be provided in the Grand Summary following the total of the amounts brought forward from the summary of each bill and the Contingency Sum.

H. Drawings

Measurement may be amplified by Drawings. The item descriptions, item description extensions and relevant measurement clauses pertaining thereto shall make reference to such Drawings where appropriate.

I. Unit of measurement

If it is intended that an item of work is to be paid as a lump sum, “sum” shall be used as the unit of measurement for such an item of work. The symbol “-” shall be inserted against the rate and quantity columns in the bills for items of work for which the unit of measurement is “sum”. For the avoidance of doubt, “item” shall not be used as a unit of measurement.

J. Measurement of preliminaries

J.1 The measurement of time based preliminaries is divided into two groups: (1) preliminaries other than the Contractor’s overheads as described in paragraph 1.6 in Part II of this Handbook

Page 8: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

8

and (2) the Contractor’s overheads as described in paragraph 1.7 in Part II of this Handbook.

J.2 Generally speaking and subject to other provisions to the contrary, time based preliminaries other than the Contractor’s overheads are measured during the original time for completion, the extended time for completion and the Maintenance Period of the Works when such work or services are required and executed. Measurement during the period of culpable delay by the Contractor (i.e. where Works have not been completed but the prescribed/extended time for completion has passed) will be excluded. This is provided for in paragraph 1.6 in Part II of this Handbook. In addition, paragraph 1.6 in Part II of this Handbook provides refinement of the general rule where the Works are divided into Sections.

J.3 Generally speaking and subject to other provisions to the contrary, time based preliminaries

which are the Contractor’s overheads (i.e. those provided for under the sub-heading “Contractor’s overheads” in section 1 in Part III of this Handbook) are measured during the original time for completion, part of the extended time for completion (where the extension of time is granted due to causes relating to direct actions of the Employer/Engineer; i.e. GCC Clauses 50(1)(b)(iii), (iv), (vi), (vii) and (viii)) and the Maintenance Period of the Works. Measurement during the period of culpable delay by the Contractor and the period of extension of time granted due to causes other than those described above will be excluded. This is provided for in paragraph 1.7 in Part II of this Handbook. In addition, paragraph 1.7 in Part II of this Handbook provides refinement of the general rule where the Works are divided into Sections.

J.4 The expression “excluding the Sections for Establishment Works and Aftercare to Old and

Valuable Trees” in paragraphs 1.6 and 1.7 in Part II of this Handbook assumes that “Establishment Works” and/or “Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees” form a separate Section or separate Sections of the Works. If the Contract does not contain any Section of Works which comprises Establishment Works only or any Section of Works which comprises Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees only, the expressions “(excluding the Sections for Establishment Works and Sections for Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees)”, “/Works except Establishment Works and Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees” and “other than the Maintenance Periods for Establishment Works and Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees” in paragraphs 1.6 and 1.7 in Part II of this Handbook shall be deleted as appropriate. If retained, the expressions shall not be italicised.

J.5 The Handbook and the associated standard provisions are prepared on the assumption that all

time based preliminaries are included into a single bill No. 1 (Preliminaries). Should a contract include Section(s) Subject to Excision and time based preliminaries related thereto are included in a separate bill, other than bill No. 1 (Preliminaries), the Method of Measurement, in particular paragraphs 1.6 and 1.7 in Part II of this Handbook, should be specifically drafted to suit.

K. Measurement of work of a temporary nature

It is recommended that work of a temporary nature shown on the Drawings and designed by the Engineer be measured irrespective of whether it is to be removed under the Contract.

L. Measurement of items for photographs - section 1

Where separate measurements are provided for “aerial photographs”, “record photographs” etc., appropriate Particular Specification Clauses and Method of Measurement paragraphs should be included in the Contract.

Page 9: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

9

M. Temporary fencing – section 4

Temporary fencing which is to be removed by the Contractor should be included as items under section 1 in Part III of this Handbook. Fencing which does not require removal by the Contractor should be included as items under section 4 in Part III of this Handbook.

N. Excavation of soft spots, filling of soft spots and other voids – sections 5, 6 and 7

No separate items are provided for “excavation of soft spots” and “filling of soft spots and other voids” under sections 5, 6 and 7 in Part III of this Handbook. Where soft spots are encountered below the formation level during excavation for works measured under the above sections, they should be dealt with as variations.

O. General excavation lines - section 7 Lines and levels shall be shown on the Drawings or described in the Specification to indicate the extent of general excavation required to be carried out.

P. Probing ahead - section 18

No separate items are provided for “probing ahead” under section 18 in Part III of this Handbook. Where probing ahead is specifically required by the Engineer during excavation for tunnel works, it should be dealt with as a variation.

Q. Soil nails and erosion control - section 19

Where items for “soil nails” and “erosion control” under section 19 in Part III of this Handbook are included in the Contract, the corresponding Particular Specification Clauses should also be included.

R. Items of work with small quantities

The inclusion of items of work with very small quantities, especially items on earthwork and testing, may attract unreasonably high rates which would result in serious financial consequences if the quantities of such items increase substantially. If the only purpose for including these items is to obtain rate(s) from the Contractor, these items should not be included and the works should be dealt with as variations during construction.

S. Bills for section 1 and section 30

Sections 1 and 30 in Part III of this Handbook are mandatory sections and the items contained therein should be included in each Contract under bill No. 1 (Preliminaries) and a separate last bill (Work and Services Not Separately Itemised) respectively.

T. Sample bill page A sample showing the layout of a typical page from a bill within the Bills of Quantities is provided for reference at the end of this Part of the Handbook.

Page 10: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

10

U. Item description and item description extension

Contract drafters should note that the item description and item description extension of an item of work are generally prepared using the relevant standard specification clauses at the time of preparation of the Handbook as the basis. If other specification clauses concerning any item of work are included in the Contract, the corresponding item description and item description extension should be reviewed and amended as appropriate.

V. Application

For the avoidance of doubt, the guidelines under this Part of the Handbook are to be used for the preparation of Bills of Quantities and are not to be included as part of the Bills of Quantities. Also, the guidelines shall not be deemed to form part of or be taken into consideration in the interpretation of the Bills of Quantities.

Page 11: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

11

Sample bill page

Bill No. 1 - Preliminaries

Item

No. Description Quantity Unit Rate

($) Amount

($)

SECTION 1

PRELIMINARIES

Temporary accommodation for the Engineer

1.1 Provision of temporary accommodation for the Engineer, principal office

- sum -

1.2 Servicing of temporary accommodation for the Engineer, principal office

36 mth

1.3 Dismantling and removal of temporary accommodation for the Engineer, principal office

- sum -

Temporary traffic arrangements

1.4 Planning and implementation of temporary traffic arrangements, on land

- sum -

Sureties, security and insurances

1.5 Procurement of third party insurance - sum -

Total to Collection Sheet

Page 12: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

12

PART II

PREAMBLE 1. General principles 1.1 Items shown in the bills of the Bills of Quantities are items of work. In the Bills of Quantities, the

headings, sub-headings, item descriptions and item description extensions describe and identify the work covered by the respective items of work. Such descriptions or identifications may not be exhaustive. The exact nature and extent of an item of work must be ascertained by reference to the Drawings, Specification, General Conditions of Contract and Special Conditions of Contract, as not all requirements may be stated in the item description or its item description extension. Furthermore, whilst the item description and item description extension may make specific reference to certain Drawings and/or Specification, the item of work described is deemed to include for all requirements shown on all Drawings and/or Specification pertaining to that item of work irrespective of whether or not the Drawing and/or Specification is stated in the item description or item description extension.

1.2 The rate inserted against an item of work in the bills within the Bills of Quantities shall be deemed

to be the full inclusive value of executing, completing, maintaining and/or supplying such item of work including any incidental work thereto, unless expressly stated otherwise elsewhere in the Bills of Quantities. The expression “incidental work” includes, but is not limited to, the carrying out of all work and services and complying with all obligations which are specified or reasonably implied in the Contract and which are related to, arise out of or are connected with the item of work as described in its headings, sub-headings, item description and item description extension. The rates inserted against the items of work in the bills within the Bills of Quantities shall include, but are not limited to, the following:

(i) labour; (ii) plant; (iii) materials and goods, including without limitation transportation and storage thereof; (iv) multiple handling of any kind; (v) sampling and testing; (vi) preparation of surfaces and other preparatory work for follow-on activities; (vii) assembling, fixing, erecting, installing or placing of materials and goods in position; (viii) wastage, bulking, shrinkage and the disposal of any materials and goods; (ix) temporary protection and its subsequent removal; (x) Temporary Works, including design; (xi) taking precautions and measures as far as is reasonable and practical to prevent interference

with or damage to existing structures and utilities, roads, footpaths and paved areas, watercourses and drainage systems, public and private vehicular and pedestrian accesses, trees, graves and burial urns, including the provision of alternative access;

(xii) keeping the Works where necessary, and as near as may be practical, free of water and protected from damage due to water and from weather conditions which may adversely affect the Works, and taking measures to prevent flotation of new or existing structures;

(xiii) taking all measures required to execute the work as affected by non-tidal open water or tidal water;

(xiv) dealing with water in watercourses, pipelines, drains and the like; (xv) working space; (xvi) overbreak and making good; (xvii) construction of longitudinal, expansion, contraction, movement, warping, construction,

isolation joints and the like completed with sealants, fillers, cover plates and the like; (xviii) completion of formation and earthwork final surfaces;

Page 13: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

13

(xix) recording, taking readings, measurements and observations, and submitting to the Engineer all drawings, records, details of procedures and methods of construction to be used, technical literature, test certificates and any other documents or information required to be submitted under the Contract;

(xx) carrying out trial mixes, trial runs and all other trials, demonstrations and mock-ups; (xxi) in the case of materials supplied by the Employer, return of the surplus; (xxii) taking all steps that are necessary to obtain and maintain all licences and permits necessary

for the execution of the Works, and all costs in connection therewith including the costs of complying with the terms and conditions of the licences and permits;

(xxiii) liabilities, obligations and risks involved in the execution of the Works set forth or reasonably implied in the Contract;

(xxiv) establishment charges, overheads and profit. Provided that the Contractor’s overheads, including the overheads of any of his sub-contractors of any tier, shall be deemed to be included exclusively in the rates for the items under the sub-heading “Contractor’s overheads” in section 1 (Preliminaries) of the Method of Measurement. The rates inserted in other items of work in the bills within the Bills of Quantities shall not include the Contractor’s overheads.

1.3 The quantities shall be computed net from the Drawings, unless otherwise stated in the Contract, and no allowance shall be made for bulking, shrinkage or wastage.

1.4 Where in the Contract a choice of alternative materials or designs is indicated, the item descriptions

and rates inserted shall be deemed to cover any of the permitted alternative materials or designs which the Contractor may elect to use.

1.5 Except for those tests provided for as separate items of work in the bills within the Bills of

Quantities, the rates contained in the Contract shall be deemed to include for the cost of carrying out all tests on materials and workmanship specified in the Contract, including but not limited to, the cost of packing and transport required for delivering samples to and collecting from the place of testing.

1.6 Without prejudice to provisions in other parts of the Bills of Quantities which expressly provide for

certain items of work not to be measured, items of work under section 1 (Preliminaries) of the Method of Measurement the units of measurement of which are time based (but excepting items of work as described under the sub-heading “Contractor’s overheads” in section 1 (Preliminaries) of the Method of Measurement which shall be measured in accordance with paragraph 1.7 below)#

shall not be measured:

(i) where the Works are not divided into Sections, between

(a) the end of the prescribed time or extended time for completion of the Works/Works except Establishment Works and Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees**; and

(b) the date of completion of the Works/Works except Establishment Works and Aftercare

to Old and Valuable Trees** certified by the Engineer in accordance with GCC Clause 53;

(ii) where the Works are divided into Sections, between

(a) the end of the prescribed time or extended time for completion of the Section of the

Works (excluding the Sections for Establishment Works and Aftercare for Old and Valuable Trees)** which happens to be the latest in time; and

(b) the date of completion of whichever Section of the Works (excluding the Sections for

Page 14: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

14

Establishment Works and Aftercare for Old and Valuable Trees)** certified by the Engineer in accordance with GCC Clause 53 which happens to be the latest in time;

(iii) after the expiry of the Maintenance Period (or where there is more than one such

Maintenance Period, after the expiry of the last Maintenance Period other than the Maintenance Periods for Establishment Works and Aftercare for Old and Valuable Trees**) where services are required as a consequence of the default of the Contractor.

(# Note: Please refer to Clauses J.1 and J.2 in Part I of this Handbook for guidance. This note shall not be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.)

(** Note: Please refer to Clause J.4 in Part I of this Handbook for guidance. This note shall not be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.)

1.7 Without prejudice to provisions in other parts of the Bills of Quantities which expressly provide for

certain items of work not to be measured, items of work as described under the sub-heading “Contractor’s overheads” in section 1 (Preliminaries) of the Method of Measurement the units of measurement of which are time based shall not be measured##:

(i) where the Works are not divided into Sections, between

(a) the end of the prescribed time or extended time for completion of the Works/Works except Establishment Works and Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees** due to extension of time which has been granted by the Engineer to the Contractor under sub-clauses (1)(b)(iii), (iv), (vi), (vii) and (viii) of GCC Clause 50; and

(b) the date of completion of the Works/Works except Establishment Works and Aftercare

to Old and Valuable Trees** certified by the Engineer in accordance with GCC Clause 53.

For the purpose of calculating the extended time for completion of the Works due to extension of time granted by the Engineer under sub-clauses (1)(b)(iii), (iv), (vi), (vii) and (viii) of GCC Clause 50, the periods of extended time for completion granted under sub-clauses (1)(b)(iii), (iv), (vi), (vii) and (viii) of GCC Clause 50 shall be summed and added to the end of the prescribed time for completion of the Works;

(ii) where the Works are divided into Sections, between

(a) the end of the prescribed time or extended time for completion of the Section of the

Works (excluding the Sections for Establishment Works and Aftercare for Old and Valuable Trees)** which happens to be the latest in time due to extension of time which has been granted by the Engineer to the Contractor under sub-clauses (1)(b)(iii), (iv), (vi), (vii) and (viii) of GCC Clause 50 (for the purpose of calculating the extended time for completion of each Section of the Works due to extension of time granted by the Engineer under sub-clauses (1)(b)(iii), (iv), (vi), (vii) and (viii) of GCC Clause 50, the periods of extended time for completion granted under sub-clauses (1)(b)(iii), (iv), (vi), (vii) and (viii) of GCC Clause 50 for that Section of the Works shall be summed and added to the end of the prescribed time for completion of that Section of the Works); and

(b) the date of completion of whichever Section of the Works (excluding the Sections for

Establishment Works and Aftercare for Old and Valuable Trees)** certified by the Engineer in accordance with GCC Clause 53 which happens to be the latest in time.

(## Note: Please refer to Clauses J.1 and J.3 in Part I of this Handbook for guidance. This note shall not be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.)

Page 15: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

15

(** Note: Please refer to Clause J.4 in Part I of this Handbook for guidance. This note shall not be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.)

1.8 The item description of an item of work shall be deemed to include an item description extension

for the carrying out of all work and services necessary or desirable for the satisfactory completion of such item of work in accordance with the Contract.

2. Definitions 2.1 Unless otherwise defined in the Bills of Quantities, words and expressions defined in the

Specification and Drawings and appearing in the Bills of Quantities shall bear the same defined meaning.

2.2 The following words and expressions in the Bills of Quantities shall have the meanings hereby

respectively assigned to them: (a) “artificial hard material” means brickwork, concrete, reinforced concrete, masonry,

bituminous paving and any other artificial material of a similar nature and which necessitates the use of pneumatic tools or other similar methods for its removal;

(b) “daywork” means the work ordered under a variation order and to be paid in accordance

with GCC Clause 62;

(c) “existing ground surface” means the surface of the ground before any work under the Contract has been carried out;

(d) “Provisional Item” means an item describing work, the requirement for which is uncertain

at the time the tender documents are issued and which can only be carried out on instruction of the Engineer;

(e) For and only for the purposes of section 2 (Ground Investigation) of the Method of

Measurement, “rock” means naturally occurring material of Grade I to III as classified in Tables 2 and 4 of “Guide to Rock and Soil Descriptions – Geoguide 3”. For sections other than section 2 (Ground Investigation) of the Method of Measurement, “rock” means naturally occurring hard material whose geological classification is Grade I to III and which necessitates the use of blasting or pneumatic tools or other similar quarrying methods for its removal.

3. Unit of measurement / Abbreviations 3.1 The following unit and term abbreviations have been used:

Unit/Term Abbreviation millimetre mm metre m square millimetre mm2

square metre m2

cubic metre m3 kilogram kg tonne t number nr hour h

Page 16: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

16

week wk month mth number-day nr-day number-week nr-wk number-month nr-mth percentage % British Standards BS Particular Specification PS Principal Datum P.D. General Conditions of Contract GCC

for Civil Engineering Works General Specification GS

for Civil Engineering Works construction and demolition C&D

3.2 The amount inserted by the tenderer in the bill for an item of work for which the unit of

measurement is “sum” shall be deemed to be the rate inserted against such item of work in the bills within the Bills of Quantities.

4. Discrepancy between the units of measurement given in the Method of Measurement and the

bills 4.1 Where there is discrepancy between the unit in the Method of Measurement and the unit for an

item of work in the bills within the Bills of Quantities, the unit in the bill shall prevail, unless, by reference to the quantity in the bills and the nature of the item of work as identified by the Specification, Drawings, measurement rules, item description and item description extension in the Method of Measurement, the Engineer determines otherwise.

5. Method of Measurement 5.1 The Method of Measurement is set out in the following sections:

Page 17: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

17

PART III

ITEM DESCRIPTION, UNIT AND MEASUREMENT

Page 18: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

18

Heading

SECTION 1 PRELIMINARIES

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

ii Where separate measurements are provided for aerial photographs, record photographs etc. under the sub-heading “Photographs”, appropriate Particular Specification Clauses and Method of Measurement paragraphs should be included in the Contract.

iii Temporary fencing which is to be removed by the Contractor should be included as items under this section 1. Fencing which does not require removal by the Contractor should be included as items under section 4 (Fencing and Gates).

iv This section 1 and section 30 are mandatory sections and the items contained therein should be included in the Contract under bill No. 1 (Preliminaries) and a separate last bill (Work and Services Not Separately Itemised) respectively.

Measurement 1.01 Unless indicated otherwise and without prejudice to the adjustments in the Contract, for interim payment purpose the estimated value of a Preliminary Item with “sum” as the unit of measurement shall be calculated by multiplying the sum with the following factor:

the period between B and C the period between A and C

where A = anticipated date of completion of the Works or the last Section of the Works as determined by the Engineer

B = end date of the monthly period as referred to in GCC Clause 78(1)

C = date when the relevant work, service or obligation

mentioned in the said Preliminary Item has started

provided that the factor shall be taken as 1.0 if and when the factor is worked out to be more than 1.0.

Sub-heading TEMPORARY ACCOMMODATION FOR THE ENGINEER

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Temporary accommodation for the Engineer” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 19: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

19

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision of temporary

accommodation for the Engineer sum

2. Servicing of temporary accommodation for the Engineer

month

3. Dismantling and removal of temporary accommodation for the Engineer

sum

4. Handing over temporary accommodation to the Employer

sum

II 1. different types B. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.02 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Unit

Temporary accommodation for the Engineer

1.02.1 Provision of temporary accommodation for the Engineer, principal office

sum

1.02.2 Servicing of temporary accommodation for the Engineer, principal office

month

1.02.3 Dismantling and removal of temporary accommodation for the Engineer, principal office

sum

1.02.4 Handing over temporary accommodation to the Employer, principal office

sum

Item description extension

1.03 The item description of the items for “provision of temporary accommodation for the Engineer” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) foundations, bases and hardstandings; (b) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (c) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (d) provision and erection of fences, notice boards, direction boards,

vehicle access, parking areas and footways;

(e) connection of utilities, including payment of all necessary fees; (f) office and laboratory supplies, furniture and equipment, and

surveying instruments.

1.04 The item description of the items for “servicing of temporary accommodation for the Engineer” under this sub-heading shall be

Page 20: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

20

extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) maintenance of the temporary accommodation for the Engineer, including fences, notice boards, direction boards, vehicle access, parking areas, hardstandings and footways;

(b) charges for utilities; (c) maintenance of office and laboratory furniture and equipment,

and surveying instruments, and equivalent replacement of furniture, equipment and surveying instruments when the original furniture, equipment and surveying instruments are unserviceable;

(d) moving and re-establishing temporary accommodation; (e) provision of clerical assistants, watchmen, chainmen, office

attendants and other assistants to the Engineer as specified in the Contract except for those as may be separately paid for elsewhere in the Contract;

(f) replenishment of consumables.

1.05 The item description of the items for “dismantling and removal of temporary accommodation for the Engineer” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) receiving back supplies, furniture, equipment and surveying

instruments not required by the Employer;

(b) disconnecting and removing utilities, and sealing disused utilities;

(c) reinstatement.

1.06 The item description of the items for “handing over temporary accommodation to the Employer” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) receiving back supplies, furniture, equipment and surveying instruments not required by the Employer.

Measurement 1.07 For interim payment purpose, payment for the items for “provision of temporary accommodation for the Engineer” under this sub-heading shall be made in two parts. The estimated value of the first part shall be calculated up to the limit of expenditure incurred and paid for by the Contractor and substantiated to the satisfaction of the Engineer which shall not exceed the amount inserted by the Contractor in the bill in respect of these items. The estimated value of the second part shall be calculated by multiplying the balance of the amount, if any, with the factor referred to inparagraph 1.01 above.

1.08 Subject to Preamble paragraph 1.6, the measurement of the items for “servicing of temporary accommodation for the Engineer” under this sub-heading shall commence from the date and for the period when the temporary accommodation for the Engineer is provided for occupation and use.

Page 21: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

21

Sub-heading TEMPORARY TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS

Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Temporary traffic arrangements” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group

Feature Unit

I 1. Planning and implementation of

temporary traffic arrangements sum

II 1. on land 2. marine D. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.09 Item description and unit shall be

Item description Temporary traffic arrangements

Unit

1.09.1 Planning and implementation of temporary traffic arrangements, on land

sum

1.09.2 Planning and implementation of temporary traffic arrangements, marine

sum

Item description extension

1.10 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Temporarytraffic arrangements” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) liaising and coordinating; (b) any amendments to the temporary traffic arrangements,

including those required for whatsoever reasons during the implementation of the temporary traffic arrangements on Site;

(c) disposal of any material; (d) reinstatement.

Sub-heading SURETIES, SECURITY AND INSURANCES

Notes E. Separate items, if specifically required by the Contract, shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Sureties, security and insurances” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 22: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

22

Group Feature Unit I 1. Procurement of sureties or

provision of security sum

2. Procurement of third party insurance

sum

3. Procurement of care of the Works insurance

sum

4. Procurement of professional indemnity insurance

sum

F. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.11 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Sureties, security and insurances

Unit

1.11.1 Procurement of sureties or provision of security

sum

1.11.2 Procurement of third party insurance

sum

1.11.3 Procurement of care of the Works insurance

sum

1.11.4 Procurement of professional indemnity insurance

sum

Measurement 1.12 For interim payment purpose, payment for the items under the sub-heading “Sureties, security and insurances” shall be made in two parts. The estimated value of the first part shall be calculated up to the limit of expenditure incurred and paid for by the Contractor and substantiated to the satisfaction of the Engineer which shall not exceed the amount inserted by the Contractor in the bill in respect of these items. The estimated value of the second part shall be calculated by multiplying the balance of the amount, if any, with the factor referred to in paragraph 1.01 above.

Sub-heading TRANSPORT FOR THE USE OF THE ENGINEER

Notes G. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Transport for the use of the Engineer” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Page 23: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

23

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision, operation and

maintenance of land transport for the use of the Engineer

number-week

2. Provision, operation and maintenance of marine transport for the use of the Engineer

number-week

II 1. different types of transport H. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.13 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description Transport for the use of the Engineer

Unit

1.13.1 Provision, operation and maintenance of land transport for the use of the Engineer, multi-purpose vehicle, with seating capacity not less than 8 seats, engine capacity not less than 2300 c.c.

number-week

1.13.2 Provision, operation and maintenance of marine transport for the use of the Engineer, passenger launch, with seating capacity not less than 25 seats, speed not less than 23 knots

number-week

Item description extension

1.14

The item description of the items for “provision, operation and maintenance of land transport for the use of the Engineer” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) serviceable mobile telephone for the use of the vehicle driver,

including all charges and fees to mobile telephone;

(b) parking, ferry and toll charges; (c) driver.

1.15

The item description of the items for “provision, operation and maintenance of marine transport for the use of the Engineer” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) serviceable mobile telephone for the use of the coxswain and

crew, including all charges and fees to mobile telephone;

(b) mooring fees; (c) coxswain and crew.

Page 24: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

24

Measurement 1.16 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Transport for the

use of the Engineer” shall be the summed periods of service of the land or marine transport provided for use by the Engineer including the date of its delivery to the Engineer but excluding the date for its removal.

Sub-heading

CONTRACT COMPUTER FACILITIES FOR THE ENGINEER

Notes I. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Contract Computer Facilities for the Engineer” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision and maintenance of

Contract Computer Facilities for the Engineer

sum

II 1. installed in the temporary

accommodation for the Engineer

2. installed in locations as detailed in the Specification

III 1. to be handed over to the Employer J. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.17 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description Contract Computer Facilities for the Engineer

Unit

1.17.1 Provision and maintenance of Contract Computer Facilities for the Engineer, installed in the temporary accommodation for the Engineer, to be handed over to the Employer

sum

Item description extension

1.18 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Contract Computer Facilities for the Engineer” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) replenishment of consumables; (b) telecommunication and internet connection services; (c) provision of training;

Page 25: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

25

(d) where the computer equipment (including hardware and software) is to be handed over to the Employer, documentation of assignment of ownership, warranty agreements, maintenance agreements and the extension of software licences beyond the period as directed by the Engineer;

(e) where the computer equipment (including hardware and software) is not to be handed over to the Employer, disconnection, repacking and removal.

Sub-heading PHOTOGRAPHS

Notes K. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Photographs” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision of progress photographs month II 1. underwater L. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.19 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description Photographs

Unit

1.19.1 Provision of progress photographs

month

1.19.2 Provision of progress photographs, underwater month

Item description extension

1.20 The item description of the items for “provision of progress photographs”under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) all accessories for storage of photographs.

Measurement 1.21 The items for “provision of progress photographs” under this sub-heading shall be measured for the month when progress photographs are provided in accordance with the Contract.

Sub-heading HOARDINGS, TEMPORARY FENCING AND SIGNBOARDS

Notes M. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading

Page 26: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

26

“Hoardings, temporary fencing and signboards” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision, maintenance and

removal of hoardings metre

2. Provision, maintenance and removal of temporary fencing

metre

3. Provision, maintenance and removal of signboards

number

II 1. different types and/or sizes N. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.22 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description Hoardings, temporary fencing and signboards

Unit

1.22.1 Provision, maintenance and removal of hoardings, type I

metre

1.22.2 Provision, maintenance and removal of temporary fencing, type II

metre

1.22.3 Provision, maintenance and removal of signboards, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

Item description extension

1.23 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Hoardings, temporary fencing and signboards” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) foundations, footings and anchorages; (b) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (c) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (d) lighting, including associated electricity supply; (e) entrances, gates and the like; (f) reinstatement.

Measurement 1.24 The measurement of the items for “provision, maintenance and removal of hoardings” and “provision, maintenance and removal of temporary fencing” under this sub-heading shall be the length along their centrelinealignment on plan, inclusive of gates and entrances. No account shall be taken in the quantity of any corrugations in profile, or other integral features.

Page 27: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

27

1.25 Items for “provision, maintenance and removal of hoardings” and “provision, maintenance and removal of temporary fencing” under this sub-heading shall only be measured where shown on Drawings.

Sub-heading

AIR POLLUTION ABATEMENT

Notes O. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Air pollution abatement” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision, maintenance and removal

of covering for dusty materials or air pollution abatement measures for dusty activities

sum

2. Provision, maintenance and removal of screens or enclosures for smoky activities

sum

3. Provision, operation, maintenance and removal of wheel washing system#

sum

4. Provision and maintenance of mechanical covers for dump trucks

sum

P. It should be noted that some items may not be applicable to all

contracts, in particular the optional items as marked ‘ # ’.

Q. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.26 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description Air pollution abatement

Unit

1.26.1 Provision, maintenance and removal of covering for dusty materials or air pollution abatement measures for dusty activities

sum

1.26.2 Provision, maintenance and removal of screens or enclosures for smoky activities

sum

1.26.3 Provision, operation, maintenance and removal of wheel washing system

sum

1.26.4 Provision and maintenance of mechanical covers for dump trucks

sum

Page 28: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

28

Item description extension

1.27 The item description of the item for “provision, maintenance and removal of covering for dusty materials or air pollution abatement measures for dusty activities” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) disposal of any material; (b) reinstatement.

1.28 The item description of the item for “provision, maintenance and removal of screens or enclosures for smoky activities” under this sub-heading shallbe extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) disposal of any material; (b) reinstatement.

1.29 The item description of the item for “provision, operation, maintenance and removal of wheel washing system” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) supply and installation of the system at all entrance/exit points on Site including all the necessary piping, equipment and facilities for reuse and recycling of water with the system performance;

(b) connection of utilities, including payment of all necessary fees, and charges for utilities;

(c) modification, relocation and improvement of the system to suit the Site conditions or Works programme;

(d) reinstatement.

Measurement 1.30 The measurement of the item for “provision, maintenance and removal of covering for dusty materials or air pollution abatement measures for dusty activities” under this sub-heading shall be made when the Engineer is satisfied that all such covering or air pollution abatement measures are provided on Site, properly maintained during the course of the Contract and subsequently removed upon completion of the Works.

1.31 The measurement of the item for “provision, maintenance and removal of screens or enclosures for smoky activities” under this sub-heading shall be made when the Engineer is satisfied that such screens or enclosures are provided for all smoky activities on Site, properly maintained during the course of the Contract and subsequently removed upon completion of the Works.

1.32 The measurement of the item for “provision, operation, maintenance and removal of wheel washing system” under this sub-heading shall be made when the Engineer is satisfied that the wheel washing system is provided and installed at all entrance/exit points on Site, properly operated and maintained during the course of the Contract and subsequently removed upon completion of the Works.

1.33 The measurement of the item for “provision and maintenance of mechanical covers for dump trucks” under this sub-heading shall be made if all dump trucks used for the transportation of C&D materials into and off the Site are installed with mechanical covers.

Page 29: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

29

Sub-heading

NOISE POLLUTION ABATEMENT

Notes R. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Noisepollution abatement” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision, maintenance and removal

of acoustic screens or enclosures sum

2. Provision, maintenance and removal of noise abatement practices other than acoustic screens or enclosures

sum

S. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.34 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description Noise pollution abatement

Unit

1.34.1 Provision, maintenance and removal of acoustic screens or enclosures

sum

1.34.2 Provision, maintenance and removal of noise abatement practices other than acoustic screens or enclosures

sum

Item description extension

1.35 The item description of the item for “provision, maintenance and removal of acoustic screens or enclosures” under this sub-heading shallbe extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) disposal of any material; (b) reinstatement.

1.36 The item description of the item for “provision, maintenance and removal of noise abatement practices other than acoustic screens or enclosures” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) disposal of any material; (b) reinstatement.

Page 30: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

30

Measurement 1.37 The measurement of the item for “provision, maintenance and removal of acoustic screens or enclosures” under this sub-heading shall be made when the Engineer is satisfied that such acoustic screens or enclosures are provided on Site, properly maintained during the course of the Contract and subsequently removed upon completion of the Works.

1.38 The measurement of the item for “provision, maintenance and removal

of noise abatement practices other than acoustic screens or enclosures”under this sub-heading shall be made when the Engineer is satisfied that such noise abatement practices are provided on Site, properly maintained during the course of the Contract and subsequently removed upon completion of the Works.

Sub-heading

WASTEWATER POLLUTION ABATEMENT

Notes T. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Wastewater pollution abatement” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision, maintenance and removal

of wastewater collection system sum

2. Provision, operation, maintenance and removal of wastewater treatment facilities#

sum

U. It should be noted that some items may not be applicable to all

contracts, in particular the optional items as marked ‘ # ’.

V. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.39 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description Wastewater pollution abatement

Unit

1.39.1 Provision, maintenance and removal of wastewater collection system

sum

1.39.2 Provision, operation, maintenance and removal of wastewater treatment facilities

sum

Item description extension

1.40 The item description of the item for “provision, maintenance and removal of wastewater collection system” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) provide all necessary dykes, ditches, pipes and fittings of

Page 31: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

31

sufficient capacity and extent for collecting surface run-off and wastewater from all locations of the Site to appropriate treatment facilities, including any approved modification to the Works;

(b) modification or improvement of the wastewater collection system to suit any change in the Site conditions or progress of the Works, or if the Engineer is dissatisfied with its performance;

(c) make all necessary alterations to the Works to suit the system; (d) disposal of any material; (e) reinstatement. 1.41 The item description of the item for “provision, operation, maintenance

and removal of wastewater treatment facilities” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) make all necessary alterations to the Works to suit the construction of the facilities;

(b) periodic removal of sediments accumulated in the facilities with proper treatment and disposal of any material;

(c) provision of all necessary chemicals, power and other resources for the proper operation of the facilities;

(d) taking samples of treated effluent; (e) modification or improvement of the wastewater treatment

facilities to suit any change in the Site conditions or progress of the Works, or if the Engineer is dissatisfied with its performance;

(f) reinstatement; (g) patent fees or royalties.

Measurement 1.42 The measurement of the item for “provision, maintenance and removal of wastewater collection system” under this sub-heading shall be made whenthe Engineer is satisfied that the wastewater collection system is provided and installed on Site, properly maintained during the course of the Contract and subsequently removed upon completion of the Works.

1.43 The measurement of the item for “provision, operation, maintenance and

removal of wastewater treatment facilities” under this sub-heading shall be made when the Engineer is satisfied that the wastewater treatment facilities are provided and installed on Site, properly maintained during the course of the Contract and subsequently removed upon completion of the Works.

Sub-heading

WASTE MANAGEMENT

Notes W. A separate item shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Waste management” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Arrange and conduct on-site sorting

of C&D materials sum

X. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

Page 32: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

32

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.44 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description Waste management

Unit

1.44.1 Arrange and conduct on-site sorting of C&D materials sum Item description extension

1.45 The item description of the item for “arrange and conduct on-site sorting of C&D materials” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) delivery of sorted materials to designated locations or proper recycling outlets;

(b) arrangement of recycling contractors to collect the sorted reusable or recyclable materials;

(c) handling, storage and disposal of chemical wastes ; (d) disposal of any material.

Measurement 1.46 The measurement of the item for “arrange and conduct on-site sorting of C&D materials” under this sub-heading shall be made when the Engineer is satisfied with the Contractor’s performance in sorting C&D materials on Site.

Sub-heading

MONITORING THE USE OF ULTRA LOW SULPHURDIESEL

Notes Y. A separate item shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Monitoring the use of ultra low sulphur diesel” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Arrange and conduct testing of fuel

samples by laboratory number

Z. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.47 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 33: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

33

Item description Monitoring the use of ultra low sulphur diesel

Unit

1.47.1 Arrange and conduct testing of fuel samples by laboratory

number

Item description extension

1.48 The item description of the item for “arrange and conduct testing of fuel samples by laboratory” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) collection and delivery of fuel samples. Measurement 1.49 The measurement of the item for “arrange and conduct testing of fuel

samples by laboratory” under this sub-heading shall be made for every fuel sample collected from the Constructional Plant or storage facilities on the Site and sent to a HOKLAS accredited laboratory, which name is agreed by the Engineer, for confirming that only ultra low sulphur diesel is used pursuant to the Contract. If the result of the test on a fuel sample shows that it is not ultra low sulphur diesel, no measurement shall be made for the item for “arrange and conduct testing of fuel samples by laboratory”under this sub-heading for such a fuel sample.

Notes AA. For project specific requirements on environmental monitoring and

mitigation measures specified either under the Environmental Permit (EP) (for designated projects) or by the Environmental Protection Department (EPD) for non-designated projects, such requirements should be incorporated under a new PS section 26 for ease of reference. The items under the sub-headings “Environmental mitigation measures” and “Environmental monitoring measures” are the balance of the items for the environmental measures that are not separately measured under the above sub-headings “Air pollution abatement”, “Noise pollution abatement”, “Wastewater pollution abatement”, “Waste management” and “Monitoring the use of ultra lowsulphur diesel”.

Sub-heading

ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION MEASURES

Notes BB. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Environmental mitigation measures” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision, maintenance and

removal of environmental mitigation measures which are not separately measured under any other items of work

sum

II 1. air related measures 2. noise related measures 3. water quality related measures

Page 34: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

34

CC. The item description extension, such as the Environmental Specialists

and the details of the stated advices and services as highlighted by ‘*’, shall be deleted or amended as appropriate for compatibility with thePS of the Contract.

DD. The list in Group II may be expanded to include other measures as considered appropriate.

EE. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.50 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description Environmental mitigation measures

Unit

1.50.1 Provision, maintenance and removal of environmental mitigation measures which are not separately measured under any other items of work, air related measures

sum

1.50.2 Provision, maintenance and removal of environmental mitigation measures which are not separately measured under any other items of work, noise related measures

sum

1.50.3 Provision, maintenance and removal of environmental mitigation measures which are not separately measured under any other items of work, water quality related measures

sum

Item description extension

1.51 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Environmental mitigation measures” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) procuring the services of Environmental Specialists*; (b) provision, setting up, maintenance and removal of all equipment,

facilities, instruments and the like for environmental mitigation measures;

(c) attending relevant meetings, including District Council meetings, by the Contractor/Environmental Specialists* as and when requested by the Engineer or the Engineer’s Representative;

(d) modifications to environmental mitigation measures from time to time as recommended by the Environmental Specialists* and/or as identified in environmental monitoring;

(e) setting up, operate and removal of the waste management facilities;

(f) replenishment of consumables; (g) reinstatement.

Page 35: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

35

Sub-heading

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING MEASURES

Notes FF. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Environmental monitoring measures” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision, maintenance and removal

of environmental monitoring measures which are not separately measured under any other items of work

sum

II 1. air related measures 2. noise related measures 3. water quality related measures GG. The item description extension, such as the Environmental Specialists

and the details of the stated advices and services as highlighted by ‘*’, shall be deleted or amended as appropriate for compatibility with thePS of the Contract.

HH. The list in Group II may be expanded to include other measures as considered appropriate.

II. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.52 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description Environmental monitoring measures

Unit

1.52.1 Provision, maintenance and removal of environmental monitoring measures which are not separately measured under any other items of work, air related measures

sum

1.52.2 Provision, maintenance and removal of environmental monitoring measures which are not separately measured under any other items of work, noise related measures

sum

1.52.3 Provision, maintenance and removal of environmental monitoring measures which are not separately measured under any other items of work, water quality related measures

sum

Page 36: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

36

Item description extension

1.53 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Environmental monitoring measures” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) procuring the services of Environmental Specialists*; (b) provision, maintenance of access to monitoring and control

stations;

(c) maintaining the services of Environmental Specialists*; (d) provision, setting up maintenance and removal of all equipment,

facilities, instruments and the like for environmental monitoring measures;

(e) setting out and marking sampling locations; (f) provision of training to personnel for operation of the

equipment;

(g) sampling and testing in approved laboratory; (h) modifications to environmental monitoring measures from time

to time as recommended by the Environmental Specialists* and/or as identified in environmental monitoring;

(i) identifying deficiencies in environmental mitigation measures and proposing rectification measures for approval by the Engineer;

(j) attending relevant meetings, including District Council meetings, by the Contractor/Environmental Specialists* as and when requested by the Engineer or the Engineer’s Representative;

(k) setting up, operate and removal of the waste monitoring and recording measures;

(l) replenishment of consumables; (m) reinstatement. Sub-heading

MOBILE TELEPHONE FOR THE ENGINEER

Notes JJ. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Mobile telephone for the Engineer” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision and maintenance of mobile

telephone set for the Engineer number

2. Provision of local mobile telephone services for the Engineer

number-week

KK. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.54 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 37: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

37

Item description Mobile telephone for the Engineer

Unit

1.54.1 Provision and maintenance of mobile telephone set for the Engineer

number

1.54.2 Provision of local mobile telephone services for the Engineer

number-week

Item description extension

1.55 The item description of the item for “provision and maintenance of mobile telephone set for the Engineer” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) all accessories; (b) replacement of mobile telephone sets and their accessories when

the originals are unavailable or unserviceable.

Measurement 1.56 The measurement of the item for “provision and maintenance of mobile telephone set for the Engineer” under this sub-heading shall be the number of mobile telephone set provided for use by the Engineer.

1.57 The measurement of the item for “provision of local mobile telephone services for the Engineer” under this sub-heading shall be the summed periods of local mobile telephone services of the mobile telephone including the date of its delivery to the Engineer but excluding the date for its removal instructed by the Engineer.

Sub-heading

DAILY CLEANING AND WEEKLY TIDYING

Notes LL. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Daily Cleaning and Weekly Tidying” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Daily Cleaning day 2. Weekly Tidying day MM. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.58 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description Daily Cleaning and Weekly Tidying

Unit

1.58.1 Daily Cleaning day

Page 38: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

38

1.58.2 Weekly Tidying day Measurement 1.59 The measurement of the item for “Daily Cleaning” under this sub-heading

shall be made after cleaning and tidying up work of the Site for a Cleaning Day is carried out satisfactorily in accordance with the PS.

1.60 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any payment for the item for “Daily Cleaning” under this sub-heading on a Cleaning Day if the performance of the Contractor on cleanliness and tidiness for any part of the Site for that Cleaning Day is not carried out to the satisfaction of the Engineer or the Engineer’s Representative.

1.61 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any payment for the item for “Daily Cleaning” under this sub-heading for more than one day for the cleaning and tidying up work carried out by the Contractor for one Cleaning Day.

1.62 The rate inserted by the Contractor against the item for “Daily Cleaning”under this sub-heading on a Cleaning Day shall not be adjusted for any difference in the actual size of the area to be cleaned from day to day during the progress of the Works as necessitated by the Contract on any Cleaning Day.

1.63 The measurement of the item for “Weekly Tidying” under this sub-heading shall be made after the overall cleaning and tidying up work of the Site for a Cleaning Week Day is carried out satisfactorily in accordance with the PS.

1.64 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any payment for the item for “Weekly Tidying” under this sub-heading on a Cleaning Week Day if the Contractor fails to rectify the identified defects pursuant to the Contract to the satisfaction of the Engineer or the Engineer’s Representative before the end of the day (which is not a General Holiday) following the Cleaning Week Day.

1.65 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any payment for the item for “Weekly Tidying” under this sub-heading for more than one day for the cleaning and tidying up work and/or defects rectification carried out by the Contractor forone Cleaning Week Day.

1.66 The rate inserted by the Contractor against the item for “Weekly Tidying” under this sub-heading on a Cleaning Week Day shall not be adjusted for any difference in the actual size of the area to be cleaned and tidied on any Cleaning Day or Cleaning Week Day.

Sub-heading

CONTRACTOR’S OVERHEADS

Notes NN. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Contractor’s overheads” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 39: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

39

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision of Contractor’s

personnel working on Site specified in the Contract which are not separately measured under any other items of work

month

2. Provision of Contractor’s personnel working on Site not specified in the Contract

month

3. Provision, operation, maintenance and removal of plant and equipment which are not covered or separately measured under any other items of work

month

4. Procurement of insurances which are not covered or separately measured under any other items of work

month

5. Provision of temporary accommodation for the Contractor

sum

6. Servicing of temporary accommodation for the Contractor

month

7. Removal of temporary accommodation for the Contractor

sum

8. Allowance for all the Contractor’s overheads on Site not covered or separately measured under any other items of work

month

9. Allowance for all the Contractor’s overheads off Site

month

OO. The number of months to be inserted under the “Quantity” column in

the bill within the Bills of Quantities for the time based items under this sub-heading shall be the original time for completion of the Works plus a reasonable allowance of extension of time that may be granted due to causes relating to direct actions of the Employer/Engineer (see Clause J in Part I of this Handbook) and the Maintenance Period.

PP. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.67 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description Contractor’s overheads

Unit

1.67.1 Provision of Contractor’s personnel working on Site specified in the Contract which are not separately measured under any other items of work

month

Page 40: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

40

1.67.2 Provision of Contractor’s personnel working on Site not specified in the Contract

month

1.67.3 Provision, operation, maintenance and removal of plant and equipment which are not covered or separately measured under any other items of work

month

1.67.4 Procurement of insurances which are not covered or separately measured under any other items of work

month

1.67.5 Provision of temporary accommodation for the Contractor

sum

1.67.6 Servicing of temporary accommodation for the Contractor

month

1.67.7 Removal of temporary accommodation for the Contractor

sum

1.67.8 Allowance for all the Contractor’s overheads on Site not covered or separately measured under any other items of work

month

1.67.9 Allowance for all the Contractor’s overheads off Site month Item description extension

1.68 The item description of the item for “provision, operation, maintenance and removal of plant and equipment which are not covered or separately measured under any other items of work” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) provision, operation, maintenance and removal of all plant and equipment on the Site in connection with the execution of the Works, including without limitation surveying instruments, site vehicles, site boats, generators, small tools, machinery and equipment whether specified in the Contract or not.

1.69 The item description of the item for “provision of temporary accommodation for the Contractor” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) provision and erection of everything required by the Contractor including offices, sheds stores, mess rooms, canteens, pantries, latrines, worker’s accommodation and the like;

(b) provision of welfare facilities for workers employed on the Works, irrespective of whether they are in the employment of the Contractor or his sub-contractors.

1.70 The item description of the item for “servicing of temporary accommodation for the Contractor” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) moving and re-establishing temporary accommodation; (b) maintenance of welfare facilities for workers employed on the

Works;

Page 41: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

41

(c) replenishing the insufficiency of provision of welfare facilities to meet the specified requirements as identified in the Site Safety and Environmental Management Committee meetings.

1.71 The item description of the item for “removal of temporary accommodation for the Contractor” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) disconnecting and removing utilities, and sealing disused utilities;

(b) removal of welfare facilities for workers employed on the Works;

(c) reinstatement. Measurement 1.72 Subject to Preamble paragraph 1.7, the measurement of the time based

items under the sub-heading “Contractor’s overheads”, except the item for “servicing of temporary accommodation for the Contractor”, shall commence from the date for commencement of the Works until the last day of the Maintenance Period (or where there is more than one such Maintenance Period, until the last day of the last Maintenance Period other than the Maintenance Periods for Establishment Works and Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees*).

Notes QQ. * The expression “other than the Maintenance Periods for Establishment Works and Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees” in paragraph 1.72 assumes that “Establishment Works” and/or “Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees” form a separate Section or separate Sections of the Works. If the Contract does not contain any Section of Works which comprises Establishment Works only or any Section of Works which comprises Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees only, such expression shall be deleted as appropriate.

1.73 For interim payment purpose, payment for the item for “provision of temporary accommodation for the Contractor” under this sub-heading shall be made in two parts. The estimated value of the first part shall be calculated up to the limit of expenditure incurred and paid for by the Contractor and substantiated to the satisfaction of the Engineer which shall not exceed the amount inserted by the Contractor in the bill in respect of this item. The estimated value of the second part shall be calculated by multiplying the balance of the amount, if any, with the factor referred to inparagraph 1.01 above.

1.74 Subject to Preamble paragraph 1.7, the measurement of the item for “servicing of temporary accommodation for the Contractor” under this sub-heading shall commence from the date when the temporary accommodation for the Contractor is provided for use on Site and the welfare facilities for workers employed on the Works as specified in the Contract are provided until the last day of the Maintenance Period (or where there is more than one such Maintenance Period, until the last day of the last Maintenance Period other than the Maintenance Periods for Establishment Works and Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees**).

Notes RR. ** The expression “other than the Maintenance Periods for Establishment Works and Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees” in paragraph 1.74 assumes that “Establishment Works” and/or “Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees” form a separate Section or separate Sections of the Works. If the Contract does not contain any Section

Page 42: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

42

of Works which comprises Establishment Works only or any Section of Works which comprises Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees only, such expression shall be deleted as appropriate.

Sub-heading

GENERAL SITE CLEARANCE OF THE SITE

Notes SS. A separate item shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Generalsite clearance of the Site” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. General site clearance of the Site sum TT. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.75 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description General site clearance of the Site

Unit

1.75.1 General site clearance of the Site sum Item description extension

1.76 The item description of the item for “general site clearance of the Site” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) demolition, breaking up and removal of signs, lamp standards, fences, walls and disused ducts, pipes, sewers or drains above ground level and superficial obstructions affected by the Works;

(b) felling of trees, grubbing up stumps and roots, filling stump and root holes with fine fill material and compacting;

(c) removal of branches from trees which are not to be felled and treating cut surfaces with wound sealant;

(d) uprooting of bushes and hedges; (e) disposal of any material; (f) disconnecting and sealing utilities, and recording the position of

sealed utilities;

(g) making good severed ends of existing fences, walls, utilities and other items, including fixing posts at ends of strained fences and restraining fences;

(h) making good damage to buildings and other surfaces caused by the removal of signs, fences, lamp standards and the like.

Page 43: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

43

Measurement 1.77 For interim payment purpose, payment for the item for “general site clearance of the Site” under this sub-heading shall be made in accordance with the proportion of site clearance carried out.

Sub-heading

SITE MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR TRIP TICKET SYSTEM

Notes UU. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Site management plan for trip ticket system” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Complete and distribute site

management plan for trip ticket system sum

2. Update and implement site management plan for trip ticket system

month

VV. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

1.78 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description Site management plan for trip ticket system

Unit

1.78.1 Complete and distribute site management plan for trip ticket system

sum

1.78.2 Update and implement site management plan for trip ticket system

month

Item description extension

1.79 The item description of the item for “update and implement site management plan for trip ticket system” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) implement measures to ensure that trucks carrying C&D materials from the Site proceed to the disposal grounds;

(b) devise and implement appropriate measures to ensure that the sorted recyclable materials, which are sorted on the Site for the purpose of recycling such materials, are delivered to a proper recycling outlet for processing;

(c) compile, submit and maintain disposal records; (d) investigate and report on incidents of improper disposal and

non-compliance with the trip ticket system;

(e) monitor performance of trip ticket system and implement improvement measures;

(f) implement additional measures to control disposal of C&D

Page 44: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

44

materials to alternative disposal ground which the Engineer has approved;

(g) distribute revisions of the site management plan for trip ticket system to all relevant parties including the truck drivers engaged in delivery of C&D materials for disposal.

Measurement 1.80 The item for “complete and distribute site management plan for trip ticket

system” under this sub-heading shall be measured when the Engineer approves the site management plan for trip ticket system.

1.81 The measurement of the item for “update and implement site management

plan for trip ticket system” under this sub-heading shall be the period of time commencing from the date of approval by the Engineer of the site management plan for trip ticket system until all C&D materials have been removed from the Site, or an earlier or later date notified by the Engineer.

Page 45: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

45

Heading

SECTION 2 GROUND INVESTIGATION

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

ii Reference should be made to paragraph 2.2(e) in Part II of this Handbook for the definition of “rock” for the purposes of this section 2.

Sub-heading DRILLING RIGS FOR GROUND INVESTIGATION

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Drilling rigs for ground investigation” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision and removal of drilling

rigs sum

2. Setting up drilling rigs number 3. Standing time for drilling rigs hour B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

2.01 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Drilling rigs for ground investigation

Unit

2.01.1 Provision and removal of drilling rigs

sum

2.01.2 Setting up drilling rigs

number

2.01.3 Standing time for drilling rigs

hour

Item description extension

2.02 The item description of the items for “provision and removal of drilling rigs” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) provision and removal of all ancillary drilling equipmentincluding but not limited to pontoons, barges and the like.

Page 46: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

46

2.03 The item description of the items for “setting up drilling rigs” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) moving drilling rigs and all ancillary drilling equipment set up between drillhole locations;

(b) relocation of drillhole locations as instructed by the Engineer; (c) site clearance and reinstatement. 2.04 The item description of the items for “standing time for drilling rigs”

under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) idling of personnel, drilling rigs and all ancillary drilling equipment including but not limited to pontoons, barges and the like.

Measurement 2.05 The measurement of the items for “provision and removal of drillingrigs” under this sub-heading shall be for bringing drilling rigs and all ancillary drilling equipment to the Site and their subsequent removal off the Site.

2.06 The measurement of the items for “setting up drilling rigs” under this sub-heading shall correspond to the number of drillholes as shown on Drawings or ordered by the Engineer.

2.07 The measurement of the items for “standing time for drilling rigs” under this sub-heading shall be the hours for each drilling rig standing idle during normal working hours, as defined in section 27 (Daywork) of the Method of Measurement, from the time the Contractor notifies the Engineer that he is awaiting instructions and gives details of the circumstances until the time such instructions are issued.

2.08 In the case of marine work, the time taken to move the marine plant to the nearest typhoon shelter when the tropical cyclone warning signal No. 3 or above is hoisted and the time taken to return to Site will be measured as “standing time for drilling rigs”.

Sub-heading DRILLING FOR GROUND INVESTIGATION

Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Drilling for ground investigation” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Drill holes metre II 1. different diameters

Page 47: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

47

Group Feature Unit III 1. vertically downwards 2. downwards at an angle 0°- 45° to the

vertical

3. horizontally or downwards at an angle less than 45° to the horizontal

4. upwards at an angle 0° - 45° to the horizontal

5. upwards at an angle less than 45° to the vertical

IV 1. in materials other than rock or

artificial hard materials

2. in rock 3. in artificial hard materials V 1. depth not exceeding 25.00 m 2. depth exceeding 25.00 m but not

exceeding 50.00 m and so on in steps of 25.00 m

D. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

2.09 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Drilling for ground investigation

Unit

2.09.1 Drill holes, 150 mm diameter vertically downwards in materials other than rock or artificial hard materials, depth not exceeding 25.00 m

metre

Item description extension

2.10 The item description of the items for “drill holes” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) filling drillholes, reinstatement and marking position; (b) disposal of any material; (c) taking samples from drillholes; (d) photographs.

Page 48: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

48

Measurement 2.11 The measurement of the items for “drill holes” under this sub-heading shall be the drilled length of the drillholes within the depth range. The depth of drilling shall be measured from the start of the depth range to the end of the hole or the end of the depth range, whichever comes first. For example, for a drillhole of 40.00 m in length, it shall be measured under two depth ranges with the first 25.00 m and the remaining 15.00 mmeasured separately.

2.12 If the measured drilled length of a drillhole exceeds the depth ranges of the corresponding items provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

2.13 If drilling in rock is encountered and corresponding items for drill holes in rock are not provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

2.14 If drilling in artificial hard materials is encountered and corresponding items for drill holes in artificial hard materials are not provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

Sub-heading TRIAL PITS, TRIAL TRENCHES AND INSPECTION

PITS

Notes E. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Trial pits, trial trenches and inspection pits” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Excavation of trial pits cubic metre 2. Excavation of trial trenches cubic metre 3. Excavation of inspection pits cubic metre 4. Extra over for excavation in rock cubic metre 5. Extra over for excavation in artificial

hard materials cubic metre

II 1. maximum depth not exceeding 3.00

m

2. maximum depth exceeding 3.00 m but not exceeding 6.00 m and so on in steps of 3.00 m

F. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

2.15 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 49: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

49

Item description

Trial pits, trial trenches and inspection pits

Unit

2.15.1 Excavation of trial pits, maximum depth not exceeding 3.00 m

cubic metre

2.15.2 Excavation of trial trenches, maximum depth exceeding 3.00 m but not exceeding 6.00 m

cubic metre

2.15.3 Excavation of inspection pits, maximum depth exceeding 6.00 m but not exceeding 9.00 m

cubic metre

2.15.4 Extra over for excavation in rock

cubic metre

2.15.5 Extra over for excavation in artificial hard materials cubic metre Item description extension

2.16 The item description of the items for “excavation of trial pits”, “excavation of trial trenches” and “excavation of inspection pits” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) disposal of any material; (b) temporary fencing; (c) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (d) reinstatement; (e) photographs. Measurement 2.17 The total volume of any one trial pit, trial trench or inspection pit shall be

assigned to the item with a depth range within which its maximum depth falls. Measurement of the items for “excavation of trial pits”,“excavation of trial trenches” and “excavation of inspection pits” under this sub-heading shall only be made for trial pits, trial trenches and inspection pits excavated on the specific instruction of the Engineer, and not for pits or trenches excavated in meeting the Contractor's obligations to establish the locations of existing utilities and underground features.

2.18 If the measured depth of excavation of a trial pit, trial trench or inspection pit is outside the depth ranges of the corresponding items provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

2.19 If rock is encountered during the excavation in trial pit, trial trench or inspection pit and items for “extra over for excavation in rock” under this sub-heading are not provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

2.20 If artificial hard materials are encountered during the excavation in trial pit, trial trench or inspection pit and items for “extra over for excavation in artificial hard materials” under this sub-heading are not provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

Page 50: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

50

Sub-heading SAMPLING FOR GROUND INVESTIGATION

Notes G. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Sampling for ground investigation” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Take samples number 2. Take rock cores metre II 1. different types 2. different sizes H. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

2.21 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Sampling for ground investigation

Unit

2.21.1 Take samples, soil sample from trial trenches

number

2.21.2 Take rock cores, 100mm diameter from drillhole metre Item description extension

2.22

The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Sampling for ground investigation” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) containers for samples and core boxes; (b) photographs; (c) storage and delivery of samples and cores.

Measurement 2.23 The measurement of the items for “take samples” under this sub-heading shall be the number of samples ordered by the Engineer and of length or size not less than specified or ordered.

2.24 The measurement of the items for “take rock cores” under this

sub-heading shall be the length of the specified core recovered and measured in the core box.

Sub-heading IN-SITU TESTS

Notes I. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “In-situ

Page 51: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

51

tests” in accordance with the following itemisation table: Group Feature Unit I 1. Arrange and conduct in-situ tests number II 1. different types J. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

2.25 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

In-situ tests

Unit

2.25.1 Arrange and conduct in-situ tests, standard penetration test

number

2.25.2 Arrange and conduct in-situ tests, vane shear test

number

2.25.3 Arrange and conduct in-situ tests, in-situ density test number Item description extension

2.26 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “In-situ tests” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) testing equipment, moving between hole locations and removing on completion.

Measurement 2.27 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “In-situ tests” shall

be the number of in-situ tests carried out as ordered by the Engineer.

Sub-heading GEOTECHNICAL INSTRUMENTATION

Notes K. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading

“Geotechnical instrumentation” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply, install and maintain

geotechnical instrument number

Page 52: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

52

Group Feature Unit II 1. different types L. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

2.28 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Geotechnical instrumentation

Unit

2.28.1 Supply, install and maintain geotechnical instrument, settlement plates

number

Item description extension

2.29 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Geotechnical instrumentation” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (c) protective caps, covers and the like; (d) tubes and cables for instruments; (e) grouting; (f) monitoring and recording readings; (g) reinstatement.

Measurement 2.30 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Geotechnicalinstrumentation” shall be the number of geotechnical instrumentationinstalled as ordered by the Engineer.

Sub-heading LABORATORY TESTS

Notes M. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Laboratory tests” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group

Feature Unit

I 1. Arrange and conduct laboratory

tests number

2. Extra over for testing time in carrying out laboratory tests

hour

II 1. different types

Page 53: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

53

N. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

2.31 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Laboratory tests

Unit

2.31.1 Arrange and conduct laboratory tests, particle size distribution test

number

2.31.2 Extra over for testing time in carrying out laboratory tests

hour

Item description extension

2.32 The item description of the items for “arrange and conduct laboratory tests” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) attendance and supervision of testing at approved laboratories; (b) selecting, extruding and preparing specimens from the supplied

samples, as directed by the Engineer;

(c) photographs; (d) retaining samples until directed otherwise by the Engineer; (e) disposal of samples or transport samples to the Employer’s store

as directed by the Engineer.

Measurement 2.33 The measurement of the items for “arrange and conduct laboratory tests” under this sub-heading shall be the number of tests ordered by the Engineer.

2.34 The measurement of the items for “extra over for testing time in carrying out laboratory tests” under this sub-heading shall be the testing time exceeding:

(i) 60 hours for a single-stage triaxial compression test on soil; (ii) 144 hours for three stage (multi-stage) test on the same

specimen.

The commencement time for a single-stage or multi-stage test shall be the time at which consolidation is commenced.

Sub-heading

REPORTS FOR GROUND INVESTIGATION

Notes O. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Reports for ground investigation” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 54: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

54

Group Feature Unit I 1. Submission of draft final reports sum 2. Submission of final reports sum P. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

2.35 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Reports for ground investigation

Unit

2.35.1 Submission of draft final reports

sum

2.35.2 Submission of final reports sum Item description extension

2.36 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Reports for ground investigation” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) report boxes and folders.

Page 55: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

55

Heading

SECTION 3 SITE PREPARATION WORKS

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

Measurement 3.01 The taking up of existing carriageways, pavings and kerbs, other than those required to be set aside for re-laying or removing to store, and the demolition of underground structures or foundations (including in the case of demolition of buildings or structures, work below and including ground slabs), if any, shall be measured in accordance with the Preamble and section 7 (Earthworks) of the Method of Measurement and shall not be measured under this section 3.

Sub-heading

DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL WORKS

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading

“Demolition and removal works” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Demolition of buildings or structures sum 2. Removal of disused sewers, drains

or ducts metre

II 1. individual or groups of buildings or

structures

2. different diameters of sewer, drain or duct

B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

3.02 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Demolition and removal works

Unit

3.02.1 Demolition of buildings, pumping station No. 1 as

shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

sum

Page 56: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

56

3.02.2 Demolition of structures, wing wall and head wall of the drainage structure of the existing 2550 mm diameter drain pipe as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

sum

3.02.3 Removal of disused sewers, 150 mm diameter from MH1 to MH3 as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

metre

3.02.4 Removal of disused ducts, 2 x 100 mm diameter from MH7 to MH8 as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

metre

Item description extension

3.03 The item description of the items for “demolition of buildings or structures” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) carrying out surveys of buildings or structures prior to demolition;

(b) disconnecting and sealing utilities, and marking and recording the position of sealed utilities, including liaising with relevant authorities;

(c) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (d) protecting areas adjacent to demolition works from damage

resulting from such demolition;

(e) making good damage to buildings, structures and pavements caused by the removal of adjoining buildings or structures;

(f) reinstatement.

3.04 The item description of the items for “removal of disused sewers, drains or ducts” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) removal of any bedding, haunch or surround of the sewers,

drains or ducts and associated manholes, catchpits, gullies, drawpits and the like;

(c) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (d) reinstatement; (e) sealing the ends of sewers, drains or ducts. Measurement 3.05 The items for “demolition of buildings or structures” under this

sub-heading shall exclude the removal of any ground slab and foundation.

3.06 The items for “removal of disused sewers, drains or ducts” under this sub-heading shall be measured only where the disused sewers, drains or ducts are required to be removed as shown on Drawings.

Sub-heading TAKE UP AND STORE EXISTING PAVINGS OR OTHER STATED ITEMS

Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Take up and store existing pavings or other stated items” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 57: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

57

Group Feature Unit I 1. Take up and store paved areas square metre 2. Take up and store fencing metre 3. Take up and store pipes metre 4. Take up and store lamp standards number 5. Take up and store stated materials,

street furniture or fittings number

II 1. different types 2. different types and diameters of pipe III 1. deliver to different locations 2. re-erect with foundations or base D. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

3.07 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Take up and store existing pavings or other stated items

Unit

3.07.1 Take up and store paved areas, precast concrete

paving blocks, deliver to the Employer’s store as instructed by the Engineer

square metre

3.07.2 Take up and store fencing, chain link fencing, re-erect with foundations or base

metre

3.07.3 Take up and store pipes, 150 mm diameter DI pipe

metre

3.07.4 Take up and store lamp standards, re-erect with foundations or base

number

3.07.5 Take up and store traffic sign posts with attached sign faces, re-erect with foundations or base

number

Item description extension

3.08

The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Take up and store existing pavings or other stated items” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) making good any damage and replacing losses and breakages; (c) reinstatement; (d) disconnecting and sealing utilities, and recording the position

of sealed utilities;

(e) making good damage to buildings and other surfaces caused by

Page 58: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

58

the removal of signs, fences, lamp standards and the like. Measurement 3.09 The items under the sub-heading “Take up and store existing pavings or

other stated items” shall be measured only where such pavings or itemsare required to be taken up and stored as shown on Drawings.

Page 59: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

59

Heading

SECTION 4 FENCING AND GATES

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

ii Temporary fencing which is to be removed by the Contractor should be included as items under section 1 (Preliminaries). Fencing which does not require removal by the Contractor should be included as items under this section 4.

Sub-heading FENCING, HANDRAILING, PEDESTRIAN PARAPETS AND GATES

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Fencing, handrailing, pedestrian parapets and gates” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and install fencing metre 2. Supply and install handrailing metre 3. Supply and install pedestrian

parapets metre

4. Supply and install gates number II 1. different types, sizes and/or materials B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

4.01 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Fencing, handrailing, pedestrian parapets and gates

Unit

4.01.1 Supply and install fencing, chain link fence, 1500 mm high as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

metre

Page 60: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

60

4.01.2 Supply and install handrailing, tubular with mesh infilling, 900 mm high as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

metre

4.01.3 Supply and install pedestrian parapets, type 1 as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], not exceeding 500 mm high

metre

4.01.4 Supply and install pedestrian parapets, type 1 as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], not exceeding 1300 mm high

metre

4.01.5 Supply and install gates, emergency crash gate, 1100 mm high, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

Item description extension

4.02 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Fencing, handrailing, pedestrian parapets and gates” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) foundations, footings and anchorages, including concrete, reinforcement, formwork and granular materials;

(b) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (c) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (d) reinstatement of existing ground including carriageways,

footways and paved areas;

(e) jointing to existing fences, handrailing, pedestrian parapets, gates and the like;

(f) protective treatment and painting; (g) trimming or filling ground to maintain uniform clearance

between bottom of fence or gate at entrances and ground.

Measurement 4.03 The measurement of the items for “supply and install fencing”, “supply

and install handrailing” and “supply and install pedestrian parapets”under this sub-heading shall be the length along their centreline alignment on plan. No account shall be taken in the quantity of any corrugations in profile, or other integral features.

4.04 Spacing between individual units comprising a length of railing or barrier shall be included within the overall length measured.

Page 61: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

61

Heading

SECTION 5 DRAINAGE AND DUCTS

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

ii No separate items are provided for “excavation of soft spots” and “filling of soft spots and other voids” under this section 5. Where soft spots are encountered below the formation level during excavation for works measured under this section 5, they should be dealt with as variations.

Measurement 5.01 The items of work under this section 5 shall be deemed to include concrete, reinforcement, formwork and steelwork.

5.02 Headwall, outfall works and box culverts, if any, shall be measured in accordance with the Preamble and other relevant sections of the Method of Measurement and shall not be measured under this section 5.

5.03 Sewers, drains, piped culverts, ducts and trench drains designed for use under pressure, if any, shall be measured in accordance with the Preamble and section 6 (Pipework) of the Method of Measurement and shall not be measured under this section 5.

Sub-heading SEWERS, DRAINS, PIPED CULVERTS, DUCTS AND

TRENCH DRAINS OTHER THAN BY TRENCHLESS METHOD

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Sewers, drains, piped culverts, ducts and trench drains other than by trenchless method” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and lay sewers, drains or

piped culverts metre

2. Supply and lay sewers or drains, in group of pipes

metre

3. Supply and lay ducts, different numbers of ways

metre

4. Supply and lay trench drains metre II 1. different types of material III 1. different diameters

Page 62: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

62

Group Feature Unit IV 1. different types of bedding, surround,

haunch or filling

V 1. in trench, depth not exceeding 1.50

m

2. in trench, depth exceeding 1.50 m but not exceeding 2.50 m and so on in steps of 1.00 m

3. suspended on different types of support

B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

5.04 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Sewers, drains, piped culverts, ducts and trench drains other than by trenchless method

Unit

5.04.1 Supply and lay sewers, vitrified clay pipe, 225 mm diameter, type F bedding, in trench, depth not exceeding 1.50 m

metre

5.04.2 Supply and lay drains, precast concrete pipe, 225 mm diameter, concrete surround type I as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], in trench, depth exceeding 1.50 m but not exceeding 2.50 m

metre

5.04.3 Supply and lay drains, precast concrete pipe, in group of 2 pipes, 225 mm diameter each, concrete surround as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], in trench, depth exceeding 2.50 m but not exceeding 3.50 m

metre

5.04.4 Supply and lay ducts, UPVC grade ___, 3 x 100 mm diameter, with general fill material backfill, in trench, depth not exceeding 1.50 m

metre

Item description extension

5.05 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Sewers, drains, piped culverts, ducts and trench drains other than by trenchless method” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material except for rock and artificial hard

Page 63: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

63

materials and disposal of any material; (b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (c) filter materials; (d) reinstatement of existing ground except for reinstatement of

carriageways, footways and paved areas.

Measurement 5.06 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Sewers, drains,

piped culverts, ducts and trench drains other than by trenchless method” shall be the summed lengths of the categories described within each depth range. Group of pipes or ducts of different number of ways shall be measured once only along the centreline of the pipe group or ducts.Such centreline shall be the line along the mid-point of the two outer most edges of the pipe groups or ducts on plan. Lengths shall be measured along the centreline between the adjacent terminations as defined below:

(i) the external face of manhole or other chamber, gully or headwall; (ii) the intersection of the centreline of the pipes or pipe groups at

pipe junctions;

(iii) the position of the termination as shown on Drawings; (iv) the point at which the depth range changes. 5.07 Depths of the items under the sub-heading “Sewers, drains, piped culverts

and ducts and trench drains other than by trenchless method” shall be the vertical measurement between the invert of the pipe or duct (the invert of group of pipes or ducts of different number of ways shall be the invert of the lowest pipe or duct) and the following:

(i) where the invert level is below the existing ground surface - the

existing ground surface, except that where the earthworks final surface is below the existing ground surface the measurement shall be taken to the earthworks final surface;

(ii) where the invert is at or above the existing ground surface - the earthworks final surface;

(iii) where a length of pipeline in or beneath areas of fill is not permitted to be constructed until a specified minimum level of cover is obtained then notwithstanding sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) above - to the specified minimum level of cover or the earthworks final surface whichever is the lower.

5.08 If the measured depth of a sewer, pipe culvert, duct or trench drain laid is outside the depth ranges of the corresponding items provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

Sub-heading CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SEWERS, DRAINS,

DUCTS, TRENCH DRAINS, CULVERTS, WATERCOURSES, MANHOLES, STATED CHAMBERS AND DRAWPITS

Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading

“Connections to existing sewers, drains, ducts, trench drains, culverts, watercourses, manholes, stated chambers and drawpits” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 64: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

64

Group Feature Unit I 1. Connections to existing sewers,

drains, ducts, trench drains, culverts, watercourses, manholes, stated chambers and drawpits

number

II 1. different types III 1. different diameters D. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

5.09 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Connections to existing sewers, drains, ducts, trench drains, culverts, watercourses, manholes, stated chambers and drawpits

Unit

5.09.1 Connections to existing sewers, precast concrete pipe,

225 mm diameter

number

5.09.2 Connections to existing ducts, vitrified clay pipe, 150 mm diameter

number

Item description extension

5.10 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Connections to existing sewers, drains, ducts, trench drains, culverts, watercourses, manholes, stated chambers and drawpits” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material except for rock and artificial hard materials and disposal of any material;

(b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (c) reinstatement of existing ground except for reinstatement of

carriageways, footways and paved areas.

Sub-heading SEWERS AND DRAINS BY TRENCHLESS METHOD Notes E. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Sewers

and drains by trenchless method” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 65: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

65

Group Feature Unit I 1. Establishment for trenchless

construction sum

2. Supply and lay sewers or drains by trenchless method

metre

II 1. different types of material III 1. different diameters IV 1. different reference numbers of

manhole or chamber

F. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

5.11 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Sewers and drains by trenchless method

Unit

5.11.1 Establishment for trenchless construction, precast concrete pipe, 300 mm diameter, between manholes reference ___ and ___

sum

5.11.2 Supply and lay sewers by trenchless method, precast concrete pipe, 300 mm diameter, complying with BS ___ and PS Clause ___, between manholes reference ___ and ___

metre

Item description extension

5.12 The item description of the items for “establishment for trenchless construction” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) setting up, moving and removal of all plant and equipment set up

for trenchless construction;

(b) construction of access tunnels, access shafts, working pits, thrust pits, reception pits and thrust blocks;

(c) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (d) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (e) reinstatement of existing ground including carriageways,

footways and paved areas;

(f) measures to control ground movements and settlement of adjacent structures and utilities, including but not limited to

Page 66: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

66

grouting. 5.13 The item description of the items for “supply and lay sewers or drains by

trenchless method” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (c) filter materials; (d) reinstatement of existing ground including carriageways,

footways and paved areas;

(e) grouting of over-break and cavities, sealing gaps between pipe shafts or lining and the pipelines;

(f) measures to control ground movements and settlement of adjacent structures and utilities, including but not limited to grouting;

(g) CCTV confirmatory inspections of pipelines and reports. Measurement 5.14 The items for “supply and lay sewers or drains by trenchless method”

under this sub-heading shall be measured along the centreline of the sewers or drains between the external face of manholes or other chambers.

Sub-heading PENSTOCKS AND VALVES Notes G. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Penstocks

and valves” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and install penstocks number 2. Supply and install valves number II 1. different types III 1. different diameters H. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

5.15 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Penstocks and valves

Unit

5.15.1 Supply and install penstocks, with spindle, pillar and

actuator, 1400 mm diameter number

Page 67: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

67

5.15.2 Supply and install penstocks, wall mounted weir, with

actuator, 1500 x 1800 mm

number

5.15.3 Supply and install valves, gate valve, DI, handwheel operation, DN 200

number

5.15.4 Supply and install valves, flap valve, DI, DN 150 number Sub-heading MANHOLES, GULLIES, CATCHPITS, DRAWPITS AND

STATED CHAMBERS

Notes I. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Manholes,

gullies, catchpits, drawpits and stated chambers” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Construction of manholes number 2. Construction of gullies number 3. Construction of catchpits number 4. Construction of drawpits number 5. Construction of stated chambers number II 1. different types and sizes III 1. different types of cover, frame,

grating and overflow weir

IV 1. depth not exceeding 1.50 m 2. depth exceeding 1.50 m but not

exceeding 2.50 m and so on in steps of 1.00 m

J. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

5.16 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 68: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

68

Item description Manholes, gullies, catchpits, drawpits and stated chambers

Unit

5.16.1 Construction of manholes, in-situ concrete, type C as

shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], 550 x 550 mm chamber, with heavy duty cover and frame, depth not exceeding 1.50 m

number

5.16.2 Construction of manholes, precast concrete, type A with medium cover and frame, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], 750 x 750 mm chamber, depth exceeding 1.50 m but not exceeding 2.50 m

number

5.16.3 Construction of gullies, untrapped in-situ gully, type GA2-325 grating in rigid pavement, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], with kerb overflow weir type 1-325, depth not exceeding 1.50 m

number

5.16.4 Construction of catchpits, in-situ concrete, with trap as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], 1000 x 1000 mm chamber, with precast concrete cover, depth not exceeding 1.50 m

number

5.16.5 Construction of drawpits, in-situ concrete, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], depth not exceeding 1.50m

number

5.16.6 Construction of sand traps, in-situ concrete, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], 900 x 900 mm, depth not exceeding 1.50 m

number

5.16.7 Construction of septic tanks, in-situ concrete, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], 1200 x 1200 mm, depth exceeding 2.50 m but not exceeding 3.50 m

number

Item description extension

5.17 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Manholes, gullies, catchpits, drawpits and stated chambers” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material except for rock and artificial hard

materials and disposal of any material;

(b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (c) building in pipe connections, including fittings and pipes; (d) step irons, access ladders and the like; (d) reinstatement of existing ground except for reinstatement of

carriageways, footways and paved areas.

Page 69: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

69

Measurement 5.18 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Manholes, gullies, catchpits, drawpits and stated chambers” shall be the complete manhole, gully, catchpit, drawpit and stated chamber. Penstocks and valves shall be measured separately.

5.19 Depths of manholes shall be the vertical distance between the top surface of

the cover and the invert of the main channel. Depths of catchpits, drawpits and stated chambers shall be the vertical distance between the top surface of the cover or grating and the uppermost surface of the base slab.

5.20 If the measured depth of a manhole, gully, catchpit, drawpit or statedchamber constructed is outside the depth ranges of the corresponding items provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

Sub-heading DRAINAGE CHANNELS Notes K. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Drainage

channels” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Construction of channels metre II 1. different types and sizes III 1. different types of cover L. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

5.21 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Drainage channels

Unit

5.21.1 Construction of channels, half round channels, as

shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], 150 mm diameter, with cast iron grating

metre

5.21.2 Construction of channels, U channels, type A as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], 200 mm diameter, without cover

metre

Page 70: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

70

5.21.3 Construction of channels, stepped channels, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], 150 mm diameter, without cover

metre

Item description extension

5.22 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Drainage channels” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material except for rock and artificial hard

materials and disposal of any material;

(b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (c) reinstatement of existing ground except for reinstatement of

carriageways, footways and paved areas.

(d) building in pipes; (e) waterbars and waterstops; (f) connection to existing drainage channels; (g) concrete apron. Measurement 5.23 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Drainage channels”

shall be the length of the drainage channel along its centreline.

Sub-heading EXCAVATION IN ROCK OR ARTIFICIAL HARD

MATERIALS

Notes M. Paragraphs 5.24 to 5.30, with amendments as may be necessary, shall be included for all contracts using section 5 regardless whether items under this sub-heading are provided in the bills.

N. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Excavation in rock or artificial hard materials” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Excavation in rock or artificial hard

materials by whatsoever means cubic metre

O. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

5.24 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Excavation in rock or artificial hard materials

Unit

5.24.1 Excavation in rock or artificial hard materials by whatsoever means

cubic metre

Page 71: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

71

Item description extension

5.25 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Excavation in rock or artificial hard materials” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) disposal of any material.

Measurement 5.26 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Excavation in rock or artificial hard materials” shall be the in-situ volume of the rock or artificial hard materials removed within the widths, lengths and depths required in the Contract for sewers, drains, piped culverts, ducts, trench drains, manholes, gullies, catchpits, drawpits, stated chambers, drainage channels and the like. For excavation in artificial hard materials, any empty space within such materials shall not be measured.

5.27 For measurement purpose, the trench width required in the Contract shall

be taken as the effective trench widths specified in Table 5.9 of the GS. The centreline of the trench shall be taken as the centreline of the pipe in the trench.

5.28 For group of pipes or ducts of different number of ways, the trench width

required in the Contract shall be taken as the distance between the two outer most edges of the pipe barrels or ducts plus 300 mm on either side of the group of pipes or ducts of different number of ways.

5.29 No measurement shall be made for excavation in rock or artificial hard

materials encountered by sewers and drains constructed by trenchless method.

5.30 For work under this section 5, if rock or artificial hard materials are encountered, excavation for such materials shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3) unless such excavation is measured under other paragraphs of this section 5.

Sub-heading

REINSTATEMENT OF EXISTING CARRIAGEWAYS, FOOTWAYS AND PAVED AREAS

Notes P. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading

“Reinstatement of existing carriageways, footways and paved areas” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Reinstatement of existing

carriageways square metre

2. Reinstatement of existing footways square metre 3. Reinstatement of stated existing

paved areas square metre

II 1. different types of construction

Page 72: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

72

Group Feature Unit III 1. within limit of excavation 2. outside limit of excavation,

thickness not exceeding 50 mm

3. outside limit of excavation, thickness exceeding 50 mm but not exceeding 150 mm

Q. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

5.31 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Reinstatement of existing carriageways, footways and paved areas

Unit

5.31.1 Reinstatement of existing carriageways,

bituminous, within limit of excavation

square metre

5.31.2 Reinstatement of existing carriageways, concrete, within limit of excavation

square metre

5.31.3 Reinstatement of existing carriageways, bituminous, outside limit of excavation, thickness exceeding 50 mm but not exceeding 150 mm

square metre

5.31.4 Reinstatement of existing footways, concrete, within limit of excavation

square metre

5.31.5 Reinstatement of existing paved areas, outside limit of excavation, thickness not exceeding 50 mm

square metre

Item description extension

5.32 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Reinstatement of existing carriageways, footways and paved areas” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material for

reinstatement outside limit of excavation;

(b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (c) replacing street furniture, road studs, road markings, kerbs,

edgings, channels, barriers, fences and the like.

Page 73: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

73

Measurement 5.33 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Reinstatement of existing carriageways, footways and paved areas” within limit of excavation shall be the area within the trench width as stated in paragraphs 5.27 or 5.28 as the case may be, or for other cases, within limits of excavation as required by the Contract. The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Reinstatement of existing carriageways, footways and paved areas” outside limit of excavation shall be the area reinstated outside the said limit of excavation as shown on Drawings or ordered by the Engineer.

Sub-heading ADJUSTMENT OF LEVEL OF COVERS TO EXISTING

MANHOLES AND STATED CHAMBERS

Notes R. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading

“Adjustment of level of covers to existing manholes and statedchambers” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Raise level of cover number 2. Lower level of cover number II 1. different types of manhole or stated

chamber

III 1. height not exceeding 250 mm 2. height exceeding 250 mm but not

exceeding 500 mm and so on in steps of 250 mm

S. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

5.34 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Adjustment of level of covers to existing manholes and stated chambers

Unit

5.34.1 Raise level of cover, in-situ concrete manholes, height

not exceeding 250 mm

number

5.34.2 Lower level of cover, precast concrete manholes, height exceeding 250 mm but not exceeding 500 mm

number

Page 74: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

74

Item description extension

5.35 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Adjustment of level of covers to existing manholes and stated chambers” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) taking up, storing and reinstallation of covers, frames and the

like;

(c) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (d) reinstatement of existing ground including carriageways,

footways and paved areas.

Measurement 5.36 If the level of cover raised or lowered in accordance with the contract requirement is outside the height ranges of the corresponding items provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

Sub-heading DRAINAGE AND DUCTS IN STRUCTURES Notes T. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Drainage

and ducts in structures” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and install drainage sum 2. Supply and install ducts sum II 1. in different structures or parts of

structure

U. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

5.37 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Drainage and ducts in structures

Unit

5.37.1 Supply and install drainage, in Pumping Station A

sum

5.37.2 Supply and install ducts, in wet well sum Item description extension

5.38 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Drainage and ducts in structures” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

Page 75: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

75

(a) building into, fixing to or forming in the structures the following: manholes, gullies, chambers, drawpits, junction boxes and the like, including covers;

(b) building into or fixing to the structures the following: pipework, gutters, ducts and the like, including fittings, brackets and hangers, and removing protective coating from pipes to be built in;

(c) flexible joints in drainage pipes or ducts, including thoseadjacent to outside face of structure;

(d) protective treatments and painting; (e) temporary sealing to ends of drainage pipes or ducts built into

structures and subsequent removal.

Sub-heading DRAINAGE LAYERS Notes V. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Drainage

layers” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Construction of drainage layers cubic metre II 1. different types and thicknesses W. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

5.39 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Drainage layers

Unit

5.39.1 Construction of drainage layers, type B fill material,

with 75 mm thick cement mortar bedding as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

cubic metre

5.39.2 Construction of drainage layers, 10 mm nominal diameter hard granular material and 100 mm thick.

cubic metre

Item description extension

5.40 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Drainage layers” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (c) reinstatement of existing ground including carriageways,

Page 76: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

76

footways and paved areas. Sub-heading GRANULAR FILTERS Notes X. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Granular

filters” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Construction of granular filters cubic metre II 1. different types Y. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

5.41 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Granular filters

Unit

5.41.1 Construction of granular filters, granular hard

material, size 20 – 25 mm, wrapped by non-woven geotextile membrane, 300 mm thick

cubic metre

Item description extension

5.42 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Granular filters” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (c) reinstatement of existing ground including carriageways,

footways and paved areas.

Sub-heading GEOTEXTILE FILTER Notes Z. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading

“Geotextile filter” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and lay geotextile filter square metre

Page 77: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

77

Group Feature Unit II 1. different types AA. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

5.43 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Geotextile filter

Unit

5.43.1 Supply and lay geotextile filter, type A square metre Measurement 5.44 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Geotextile filter”

shall be the area of the surface to which the geotextile filter is applied. No measurement shall be made for laps and joints.

Sub-heading FILLING AND SEALING DISUSED MANHOLES AND

STATED CHAMBERS

Notes BB. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Filling

and sealing disused manholes and stated chambers” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Filling and sealing of disused

manholes number

2. Filling and sealing of stated chambers

number

II 1. different dimensions III 1. with different types of material for

filling and/or sealing CC. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

5.45 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 78: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

78

Item description Filling and sealing disused manholes and stated chambers

Unit

5.45.1 Filling and sealing of disused manholes, internal size 600 mm x 600 mm, with foam concrete

number

5.45.2 Filling and sealing of disused petrol interceptor A,

with materials as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

Item description extension

5.46 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Filling and sealing disused manholes and stated chambers” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (c) removing covers and frames; (d) sealing ends of pipes connecting to manhole or chamber; (e) reinstatement of existing ground including carriageways,

footways and paved areas.

Measurement 5.47 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Filling and sealing

disused manholes and stated chambers” shall be the number of disused manholes and other chambers filled and sealed.

Sub-heading FILLING AND SEALING DISUSED PIPES Notes DD. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Filling

and sealing disused pipes” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Filling and sealing of disused pipes metre II 1. different diameters III 1. with different types of material for

filling and/or sealing

EE. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

5.48 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 79: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

79

Item description Filling and sealing disused pipes

Unit

5.48.1 Filling and sealing of disused pipes, 150 mm

diameter, with foam concrete metre

5.48.2 Filling and sealing of disused pipes, 200 mm

diameter, with grout metre

Item description extension

5.49 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Filling and sealing disused pipes” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (c) reinstatement of existing ground including carriageways,

footways and paved areas.

Measurement 5.50 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Filling and sealing disused pipes” shall be the summed length of the categories described. Length shall be measured along the centreline between the following terminations:

(i) the internal face of manhole or other chamber, gully or headwall; (ii) the intersection of the centrelines of the pipes at pipe junctions; (iii) the position of the terminations as shown on Drawings.

Sub-heading CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INSPECTION OF PIPELINES

Notes FF. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Closed

circuit television inspection of pipelines” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Arrange and conduct closed circuit

television inspection of pipelines metre

II 1. different diameters GG. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

5.51 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 80: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

80

Item description Closed circuit television inspection of pipelines

Unit

5.51.1 Arrange and conduct closed circuit television inspection of pipelines, 150 mm diameter

metre

Item description extension

5.52 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Closed circuit television inspection of pipelines” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) setting up, assembling, maintaining, moving and removal of all

equipment; (b) photographs; (c) preparation and submission of video, records and reports. Measurement 5.53 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Closed circuit

television inspection of pipelines” shall be the length of the pipelines inspected but excluding the length of pipelines by trenchless method. Length shall be measured along the centreline of the pipelines between the internal face of manholes or stated chambers.

Page 81: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

81

Heading

SECTION 6 PIPEWORK

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

ii No separate items are provided for “excavation of soft spots” and “filling of soft spots and other voids” under this section 6. Where soft spots are encountered below the formation level during excavation for works measured under this section 6, they should be dealt with as variations.

Measurement 6.01 All works associated with pipes designed for use under pressure, except testing for such pipes and works mentioned in paragraph 6.02 below, if any, shall be measured under this section 6. The items of work under this section 6 shall be deemed to include concrete, reinforcement, formwork and steelwork.

6.02 Headwall, outfall works, piling and plumbing, if any, shall be measured in accordance with the Preamble and other relevant sections of the Method of Measurement and shall not be measured under this section 6.

Sub-heading PIPES OTHER THAN BY TRENCHLESS METHOD Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Pipes

other than by trenchless method” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and lay pipes metre 2. Supply and lay pipes, pipes

supplied by the Employer metre

II 1. different types of materials III 1. different diameters IV 1. different types of joint V 1. different types of bedding, surround,

haunch, leakage collection or filling (for pipes in trench)

Page 82: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

82

Group Feature Unit VI 1. in trench, depth not exceeding

nominal trench depth*

2. in trench, depth exceeding nominal trench depth* but not exceeding nominal trench depth * plus 1.00 m and so on in steps of 1.00 m

3. suspended on pier supports * Nominal trench depth for water mains shall be determined by

reference to the following table:

nominal

diameter of pipe (mm)

300 or less

450 to below

600

600 to below

800

800 to below 1000

1000 to below 1200

1200

nominal trench depth (m) 1.8 2.0 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.7

The actual depth should be used in the item description. For pipes of size greater than 1200 mm, the nominal trench depth shall be pipe size plus 1.50 m.

B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such itemdescriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

6.03 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Pipes other than by trenchless method

Unit

6.03.1 Supply and lay pipes, DI, DN 600, spigot and socket

joints, on 100 mm granular bedding in trench, depth not exceeding 2.10 m

metre

6.03.2 Supply and lay pipes, MS, DN 300, flange joints, suspended on pier supports type A

metre

6.03.3 Supply and lay pipes, pipes supplied by the Employer, MS, DN 800, spigot and socket welded joints, in common ground, in trench, depth exceeding 2.30 m but not exceeding 3.30 m

metre

Item description extension

6.04 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Pipes other than by trenchless method” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material except for rock and artificial hard

materials and disposal of any material;

(b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction;

Page 83: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

83

(c) protective treatment and painting; (d) gusseted bend 6° or less; (e) reinstatement of existing ground except for reinstatement of

carriageways, footways and paved areas;

(f) taking delivery of materials supplied by the Employer and transporting to Site and/or point of use.

Measurement 6.05 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Pipes other than by

trenchless method” shall be the summed lengths of the categories described within each depth range. Pipes in common trench shall be measured separately. Unless otherwise stated, lengths shall be measured along the centreline through pipe fittings, valves and joints, with tapers included under the diameter of the larger pipe, between the adjacentterminations as defined below:

(i) the external face of manhole or other chamber or headwall; (ii) the intersection of the centreline of the pipes at pipe junctions; (iii) the position of the termination indicated on the Drawings; (iv) the point at which the depth range changes; (v) the point at which the pipes in pier supports enter the ground or

the mid-point between two adjacent different pier supports.

6.06 No measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Pipes other than by

trenchless method” shall be made within chambers or along tee branch sections of single air valves, double air valves and inspection tees installation.

6.07 Depths shall be the vertical measurement between the invert level of the

pipe and the following:

(i) where the invert level is below the existing ground surface – the

existing ground surface, except that where the earthworks final surface is below the existing ground surface the measurement shall be taken to the earthworks final surface;

(ii) where the invert level is at or above the existing ground surface – the earthworks final surface;

(iii) where a length of pipeline in or beneath areas of fill is not permitted to be constructed until a specified minimum level of cover is obtained, then notwithstanding sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) above - to the specified minimum level of cover or the earthworks final surface, whichever is the lower.

6.08 If the measured depth of a pipe laid is outside the depth ranges of the corresponding items provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

Sub-heading PIPES BY TRENCHLESS METHOD Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Pipes by

trenchless method” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 84: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

84

Group Feature Unit I 1. Establishment for trenchless

construction sum

2. Supply and lay pipes by trenchless method

metre

II 1. different types of material III 1. different diameters IV 1. different locations D. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

6.09 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Pipes by trenchless method

Unit

6.09.1 Establishment for trenchless construction, steel pipes,

DN 1200 at Road A

sum

6.09.2 Supply and lay pipes by trenchless method, steel pipes, DN 1200 at Road A

metre

Item description extension

6.10 The item description of the items for “establishment for trenchless construction” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) setting up, moving and removal of all plant and equipment set up for trenchless construction;

(b) construction of access tunnels, access shafts, working pits, thrust pits, reception pits and thrust blocks;

(c) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (d) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (e) reinstatement of existing ground including carriageways,

footways and paved areas;

(f) measures to control ground movements and settlement of adjacent structures and utilities, including but not limited to grouting.

6.11 The item description of the items for “supply and lay pipes by trenchless

method” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

Page 85: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

85

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (c) reinstatement of existing ground including carriageways,

footways and paved areas;

(d) grouting of over-break and cavities, sealing gaps between pipe shafts or lining and the pipelines;

(e) measures to control ground movements and settlement of adjacent structures and utilities, including but not limited to grouting;

(f) CCTV confirmatory inspections of pipelines and reports. Measurement 6.12 The items under the sub-heading “Pipes by trenchless method” shall be

measured along the centreline of the pipes between the external faces of thrust pit and reception pit. Pipes inside the pits shall be measured asitems under the sub-heading “Pipes other than by trenchless method”.

Sub-heading VALVES WITHOUT A HOUSING CHAMBER AND PIPE

FITTINGS FOR PIPES OTHER THAN BY TRENCHLESS METHOD

Notes E. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Valves

without a housing chamber and pipe fittings for pipes other than by trenchless method” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Extra over for supply and install

valves without a housing chamber* number

2. Extra over for supply and install pipe fittings

number

3. Extra over for install valves without a housing chamber*, valves supplied by the Employer

number

4. Extra over for install pipe fittings, pipe fittings supplied by the Employer

number

II 1. bends (other than gussetted bends) 2. gussetted bends 3. junctions 4. tees 5. tapers 6. stated fittings III 1. different types IV 1. different diameters * valves housed in chambers shall not be included

Page 86: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

86

F. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

6.13 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Valves without a housing chamber and pipe fittings for pipes other than by trenchless method

Unit

6.13.1 Extra over for supply and install valves without a housing chamber, gate valves, DN 300

number

6.13.2 Extra over for supply and install pipe fittings, bends (other than gussetted bends), DI, 45°, DN 600

number

6.13.3 Extra over for supply and install pipe fittings, tees, DI, DN 600 x dn 150

number

6.13.4 Extra over for supply and install pipe fittings, tapers, DI, DN 600 x dn 450

number

6.13.5 Extra over for supply and install pipe fittings, gussetted bends, 30°, steel pipes, DN 800

number

6.13.6 Extra over for install valves without a housing chamber, valves supplied by the Employer, gate valves, DN 600

number

Item description extension

6.14 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Valves without a housing chamber and pipe fittings for pipes other than by trenchless method” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) protective treatment and painting; (b) in case of valves or pipe fittings supplied by the Employer,

taking delivery of materials supplied by the Employer and transporting to Site and/or point of use.

Measurement 6.15 Gussetted bends in steel pipes shall be measured as follows: 6° or less - no measurement shall be made

over 6° up to 30° - measured as 30° bend over 30° up to 60° - measured as 60° bend over 60° up to 90° - measured as 90° bend

Sub-heading CONNECTIONS TO PIPES, VALVES OR EQUIPMENT

NOT CONSTRUCTED UNDER THE CONTRACT

Notes G. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading

Page 87: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

87

“Connections to pipes, valves or equipment not constructed under the Contract” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Connections to pipes, valves or

equipment not constructed under the Contract

number

II 1. different types III 1. different diameters IV 1. materials supplied by the Employer H. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

6.16 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Connections to pipes, valves or equipment not constructed under the Contract

Unit

6.16.1 Connections to pipes not constructed under the

Contract, DI, DN 600

number

6.16.2 Connections to valves not constructed under the Contract, gate valves, DN 450

number

Item description extension

6.17 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Connections to pipes, valves or equipment not constructed under the Contract” shall beextended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) taking delivery of materials supplied by the Employer and

transporting to Site and/or point of use;

(b) excavation in any material except for rock and artificial hard materials and disposal of any material;

(c) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (d) protective treatment and painting; (e) reinstatement of existing ground except for reinstatement of

carriageways, footways and paved areas.

Page 88: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

88

Sub-heading VALVE CHAMBERS, PUMP PITS AND STATED CHAMBERS

Notes I. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Valve

chambers, pump pits and stated chambers” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Construction of valve chambers number 2. Construction of pump pits number 3. Construction of stated chambers number II 1. different types III 1. different sizes IV 1. different depth ranges (only

requires for same types of chamber with same sizes of valve but having a difference in depth exceeding 1.00 m) or different types

V 1. materials supplied by the Employer J. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

6.18 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Valve chambers, pump pits and stated chambers

Unit

6.18.1 Construction of valve chambers, vertical gate valve

chambers, valve size DN 450

number

6.18.2 Construction of valve chambers, gate valve chambers, valve size DN 300

number

6.18.3 Construction of valve chambers, horizontal gate valve chambers, valve size DN 600

number

6.18.4 Construction of valve chambers, double air valve chambers, valve size DN 150, depth not exceeding 2.00 m

number

Page 89: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

89

6.18.5 Construction of valve chambers, double air valve

chambers, valve size DN 150, depth exceeding 2.00 m but not exceeding 3.00 m

number

6.18.6 Construction of valve chambers, single air valve chambers, valve size DN 100, depth not exceeding 2.00 m

number

6.18.7 Construction of pump pits, washout pump pit, type A, depth not exceeding 6.00 m

number

6.18.8 Construction of flow meter chambers, flow meter size DN 800

number

6.18.9 Construction of inspection tee chambers, pipe size DN 800

number

Item description extension

6.19 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Valve chambers, pump pits and stated chambers” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) supply and installation of pipes, valves, fittings and associated

fixtures;

(b) excavation in any material except for rock and artificial hard materials and disposal of any material;

(c) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (d) protective treatment and painting; (e) reinstatement of existing ground except for reinstatement of

carriageways, footways and paved areas;

(f) taking delivery of materials supplied by the Employer and transporting to Site and/or point of use.

Measurement 6.20 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Valve chambers,

pump pits and stated chambers” shall be for the complete chamber or pit.

6.21 Depths of valve chambers, pump pits and stated chambers, if described in

the item of works, shall be the distance between the top surface of the cover and the uppermost surface of the base slab.

6.22 If the measured depth of a valve chamber, pump pit or stated chamber constructed is outside the depth ranges of the corresponding items provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

Sub-heading EXCAVATION IN ROCK OR ARTIFICIAL HARD

MATERIALS

Notes K. Paragraphs 6.23 to 6.31, with amendments as may be necessary, shall be included for all contracts using section 6 regardless whether items under this sub-heading are provided in the bills.

L. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Excavation in rock or artificial hard materials” in accordance with the

Page 90: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

90

following itemisation table: Group Feature Unit I 1. Excavation in rock or artificial hard

materials by whatsoever means cubic metre

M. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

6.23 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Excavation in rock or artificial hard materials

Unit

6.23.1 Excavation in rock or artificial hard materials by

whatsoever means cubic metre

Item description extension

6.24 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Excavation in rock or artificial hard materials” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) disposal of any material. Measurement 6.25 For excavation in artificial hard materials, any empty space within such

materials shall not be measured.

6.26 For pipes in trench, the measurement of the items under the sub-heading

“Excavation in rock or artificial hard materials” shall be the in-situ volume of rock or artificial hard materials removed within the space bounded by the vertical sides of the trench width and the horizontal plane at the invert level of the pipe or, if there is a bedding as shown on Drawings, at the bottom of the bedding. The centreline of the trench width shall coincide with the centreline of the pipes on plan. For measurement purposes, the trench width shall be determined as below:

Trench width (m)

for different pipe size

Depth to invert DN 100 or under

DN 125 to

DN 150

DN 175 to

DN 250

DN 275 to

DN 350

DN 375 to

DN 450

above DN 450

to DN 500

above DN 500

not exceeding 1.50 m

0.45 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.95 1.00 nominal diameter

plus 0.50 exceeding

1.50 m 0.70 0.75 0.85 0.95 1.05 1.11

nominal diameter

plus

0.60

Page 91: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

91

6.27 For thrust block, the measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Excavation in rock or artificial hard materials” shall be the in-situ volume of rock or artificial hard materials removed within the space occupied by the thrust block plus the space vertically above any part of the thrust block up to existing ground surface or earthwork final surface, whichever is the lower. Provided that the quantity measured under paragraph 6.26 above shall not be measured again under this paragraph.

6.28 For rock and artificial hard materials encountered in the pipes laid by trenchless method, measurement for excavation in rock or artificial hard materials shall not be made.

6.29 For chambers and pits, the measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Excavation in rock or artificial hard materials” shall be the in-situ volume of rock or artificial hard materials removed within the space occupied by the chamber or pit, and the space vertically above any part of the chamber or pit up to existing ground surface or earthwork final surface, whichever is the lower.

6.30 For pipes suspended on pier supports, the measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Excavation in rock or artificial hard materials” shall be the in-situ volume of rock or artificial hard materials removed within the space occupied by the pier support or the pipe, and the space vertically above any part of the pier support or the pipe up to existing ground surface or earthwork final surface, whichever is the lower.

6.31 For work under this section 6, if rock or artificial hard materials are encountered, excavation for such materials shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3) unless such excavation is measured under other paragraphs of this section 6.

Sub-heading THRUST BLOCK Notes N. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Thrust

block” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Construction of thrust block number II 1. horizontal bends 2. bottom vertical bends 3. top vertical bends 4. tees 5. end caps III 1. bends not exceeding 30° 2. bends exceeding 30° but not

exceeding 45° and so on in steps of 15°

Page 92: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

92

Group Feature Unit IV 1. different sizes V 1. different types of anchoring method O. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

6.32 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Thrust block

Unit

6.32.1 Construction of thrust block, horizontal bends not exceeding 30°, DN 300

number

6.32.2 Construction of thrust block, horizontal bends exceeding 30° but not exceeding 45°, DN 450

number

6.32.3 Construction of thrust block, top vertical bends not exceeding 30°, DN 300

number

6.32.4 Construction of thrust block, bottom vertical bends not exceeding 30°, DN 150

number

6.32.5 Construction of thrust block, tees, DN 450 x dn 150

number

6.32.6 Construction of thrust block, end caps, DN 800 number Item description extension

6.33 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Thrust block”shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material except for rock and artificial hard

materials and disposal of any material;

(b) backfilling and compaction with materials from any source; (c) reinstatement of existing ground except for reinstatement of

carriageways, footways and paved areas.

Sub-heading

REINSTATEMENT OF EXISTING CARRIAGEWAYS, FOOTWAYS AND PAVED AREAS

Notes P. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading

“Reinstatement of existing carriageways, footways and paved areas”in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 93: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

93

Group Feature Unit I 1. Reinstatement of existing

carriageways square metre

2. Reinstatement of existing footways square metre 3. Reinstatement of stated existing

paved areas square metre

II 1. different types of construction III 1. within limit of excavation 2. outside limit of excavation,

thickness not exceeding 50 mm

3. outside limit of excavation, thickness exceeding 50 mm but not exceeding 150 mm

Q. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

6.34 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Reinstatement of existing carriageways, footways and paved areas

Unit

6.34.1 Reinstatement of existing carriageways, bituminous,

outside limit of excavation, thickness not exceeding 50 mm

square metre

6.34.2 Reinstatement of existing carriageways, concrete, outside limit of excavation, thickness exceeding 50 mm but not exceeding 150 mm

square metre

6.34.3 Reinstatement of existing footways, concrete, within limit of excavation

square metre

6.34.4 Reinstatement of existing paved areas, concrete, within limit of excavation

square metre

Item description extension

6.35 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Reinstatement of existing carriageways, footways and paved areas” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material for

reinstatement outside limit of excavation;

(b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction;

Page 94: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

94

(c) replacing street furniture, road studs, road markings, kerbs, edgings, channels, barriers, fences and the like.

Measurement 6.36 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Reinstatement of

existing carriageways, footways and paved areas” within limit of excavation shall be, for pipe in trench, the area within the trench width as defined in paragraph 6.26, or for other cases, within the limits of excavation as required by the Contract. The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Reinstatement of existing carriageways, footways and paved areas” outside limit of excavation shall be the area reinstated outside the said limit of excavation as shown on Drawings or ordered by the Engineer.

Page 95: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

95

Heading

SECTION 7 EARTHWORKS

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

ii No separate items are provided for “excavation of soft spots” and “filling of soft spots and other voids” under this section 7. Where soft spots are encountered below the formation level during excavation for works measured under this section 7, they should be dealt with as variations.

Measurement 7.01 For the purpose of this section 7, it shall be assumed that one cubic metre of

material to be excavated forms one cubic metre of compacted fill material, and no allowance shall be made in the measurement for bulking and shrinkage.

7.02 Excavated materials and dredged materials, if any, arising from the Works measured under sections other than this section 7 of the Method of Measurement shall not be taken into account in the measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Excavation” under this section 7.

7.03 Any additional fill material, deposition and compaction required due to settlement of an area of fill shall be measured as from the date of completion of the Works or the relevant Section thereof certified in accordance with the Contract.

7.04 All fill materials shall be measured as general fill materials unless otherwise shown on Drawings.

7.05 There shall only be one bill item for “disposal of any material” under the sub-heading “Disposal of any material” for the whole Contract which shall be measured in accordance with paragraph 7.20 and which has been included in bill No.___ *.

Notes A. * The bill No. to be stated shall be the first bill with earthworks items under this section 7.

Sub-heading EXCAVATION

Notes B. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Excavation” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. General excavation cubic metre 2. Excavation for structures cubic metre

Page 96: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

96

Group Feature Unit II 1. different types of structure III 1. in materials other than rock or

artificial hard materials

2. in rock by whatsoever means 3. in artificial hard materials by

whatsoever means

4. in rock, blasting not permitted under the Contract

5. in artificial hard materials, blasting not permitted under the Contract

IV 1. structure maximum depth not

exceeding 3.00 m

2. structure maximum depth exceeding 3.00 m but not exceeding 6.00 m and so on in steps of 3.00 m

C. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units for

all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

7.06 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Excavation

Unit

7.06.1 General excavation, in materials other than rock or

artificial hard materials

cubic metre

7.06.2 Excavation for structures, Box Culvert No. 1, in materials other than rock or artificial hard materials, structure maximum depth not exceeding 3.00 m

cubic metre

7.06.3 Excavation for structures, Footbridge No. 1, in rock by whatsoever means, structure maximum depth exceeding 3.00 m but not exceeding 6.00 m

cubic metre

Item description extension

7.07 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Excavation” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) additional excavation the Contractor may require for working

space, timbering, formwork or other Temporary Works and its subsequent backfilling, compaction and reinstatement;

(b) forming and trimming side slopes, benching and berms, or in the case of structures, trimming the bottom and sides of excavation and clearing away loose rock.

Page 97: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

97

Measurement 7.08 The measurement of the items for “general excavation” under this

sub-heading shall be the volume of the void formed by the excavation to the lines and levels as shown on Drawings or described in the Contract.

Notes D. Lines and levels shall be shown on Drawings or described in

Specification to indicate the extent of general excavation required to be carried out.

7.09 The measurement of the items for “excavation for structures” under this sub-heading shall be the volume below the existing ground surface or the lines and levels as referred to in paragraph 7.08, whichever is the lower, which is to be occupied by the structure, plus any additional volume vertically above any part of the structure measured up to existing ground surface or the lines and levels as referred to in paragraph 7.08, whichever is the lower. In the case of structures constructed in fill materials, no measurement will be made.

7.10 The total volume of excavation for any one structure shall be assigned to the item with a depth range within which its maximum depth falls. Each bay of structure between consecutive movement joints shall be taken as a structure for measuring the volume of excavation.

7.11 If the measured depth of excavation for structures is outside the depth rangesof the corresponding items provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

7.12 If excavation in rock is encountered and corresponding items for excavation in rock are not provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

7.13 If excavation in artificial hard materials is encountered and corresponding items for excavation in artificial hard materials are not provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

Sub-heading DEPOSITION OF FILL MATERIALS

Notes E. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Deposition of fill materials” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Deposition of general fill materials cubic metre 2. Deposition of fine fill materials cubic metre 3. Deposition of granular fill materials cubic metre 4. Deposition of special fill materials cubic metre 5. Deposition of rock fill materials cubic metre 6. Deposition of stated types of fill

material cubic metre

Page 98: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

98

Group Feature Unit II 1. in embankments 2. in platforms 3. in slopes 4. in intermediate areas of fill 5. above structures 6. adjacent to structures 7. in stated locations F. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units for

all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

7.14 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Deposition of fill materials

Unit

7.14.1 Deposition of general fill materials, in embankments

cubic metre

7.14.2 Deposition of general fill materials, in slopes cubic metre Item description extension

7.15

The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Deposition of fill materials” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) haulage; (b) making good or replacing materials which have become

unsuitable for use in the permanent works;

(c) breaking down materials necessary to comply with the requirements of fill;

(d) selecting, processing and mixing materials to make them suitable for use as fill materials;

(e) replacing excavated materials required for use in the permanent works as fill materials which have been removed from Site or used for other purposes;

(f) mechanical or chemical treatment of materials; (g) forming of benches; (h) deposition of additional fill materials to replace fill materials lost

by settlement of or penetration into the underlying materials.

Page 99: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

99

Measurement 7.16 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Deposition of fill materials” for each type of fill material shall be calculated in accordance with the following formula: D = C – S

where D = volume of the items under the sub-heading “Deposition of fill materials” for each type of fill material generated from excavation measured under this section 7

C = volume of the items under the sub-heading “Compaction of fill materials” for each type of fill material calculated in accordance with paragraphs 7.28 to 7.31 inclusive

S = volume of the items under the sub-heading “Deposition of fill materials provided by the Contractor or others” for each type of fill material calculated in accordance with paragraph 7.23 (if any) which in any case shall not have a negative value

7.17 The items under the sub-heading “Deposition of fill materials” other than

the items for “deposition of general fill materials” shall only be separately measured where such fill materials are specifically shown on Drawings.

Sub-heading DISPOSAL OF ANY MATERIAL

Notes G. A separate item shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Disposal of any material” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Disposal of any material cubic metre H. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units for

all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

7.18 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Disposal of any material

Unit

7.18.1 Disposal of any material cubic metre

Page 100: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

100

Item description extension

7.19 The item description of the item for “disposal of any material” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) haulage and deposition in tips off Site; (b) sorting, processing and treatment of materials to facilitate

disposal.

Measurement 7.20 The measurement of the item for “disposal of any material” under this sub-heading shall be calculated in accordance with the following formula:

Di = Σ[E – (C – S) –M]

where Di = volume of the item for “disposal of any material”under this sub-heading

E = volume of the items under the sub-heading “Excavation” for each type of material excavated from within the Site measured in this section 7

C

= volume of the items under the sub-heading “Compaction of fill materials” for each type of fill material calculated in accordance with paragraphs 7.28 to 7.31 inclusive

M

= volume of each type of fill material calculated in

accordance with paragraph 17.08 (if any)

S

= volume of the items under the sub-heading “Deposition of fill materials provided by the Contractor or others” for each type of fill material calculated in accordance with paragraph 7.23 (if any) which in any case shall not have a negative value

Σ

= summation of

If the volume of each type of material for disposal calculated in accordance with the formula within the above square brackets is a negative value, it shall be taken as zero.

Sub-heading DEPOSITION OF FILL MATERIALS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR OR OTHERS

Notes I. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Deposition of fill materials provided by the Contractor or others” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 101: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

101

Group Feature Unit I 1. Deposition of general fill materials cubic metre 2. Deposition of fine fill materials cubic metre 3. Deposition of granular fill materials cubic metre 4. Deposition of special fill materials cubic metre 5. Deposition of rock fill materials cubic metre 6. Deposition of stated types of fill

material cubic metre

II 1. in embankments 2. in platforms 3. in slopes 4. in intermediate areas of fill 5. above structures 6. adjacent to structures 7. in stated locations III 1. materials provided by the Contractor 2. materials provided and delivered by

others

3. materials provided by others, collected by the Contractor from stated locations

J. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units for

all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

7.21 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Deposition of fill materials provided by the Contractor or others

Unit

7.21.1 Deposition of general fill materials, in embankments,

materials provided by the Contractor

cubic metre

7.21.2 Deposition of general fill materials, adjacent to structures, materials provided and delivered by others

cubic metre

Item description extension

7.22 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Deposition of fill materials provided by the Contractor or others” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) haulage; (b) making good or replacing materials which have become

unsuitable for use in the permanent works;

(c) breaking down materials necessary to comply with the

Page 102: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

102

requirements of fill; (d) selecting, processing and mixing materials to make them suitable

for use as fill materials;

(e) forming of benches; (f) deposition of additional fill materials to replace fill materials lost

by settlement of or penetration into the underlying materials.

Measurement 7.23 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Deposition of fill

materials provided by the Contractor or others” for each type of fill material shall be calculated in accordance with the following formula: S = C – E

where S = volume of the items under the sub-heading “Deposition of fill materials provided by the Contractor or others” for each type of fill material which in any case shall not have a negative value

C = volume of the items under the sub-heading “Compaction of fill materials” for each type of fill material calculated in accordance with paragraphs 7.28 to 7.31 inclusive

E = volume of the items under the sub-heading “Excavation” for each type of fill material excavated from within the Site measured in this section 7

7.24 The items under the sub-heading “Deposition of fill materials provided by

the Contractor or others” other than the items for “deposition of general fill materials” shall only be separately measured where such fill materials are specifically shown on Drawings.

7.25 Fill materials provided by the Contractor shall include those surplus materials generated from work under sections other than this section 7 of the Method of Measurement unless otherwise stated in the Contract.

Sub-heading COMPACTION OF FILL MATERIALS

Notes K. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Compaction of fill materials” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Compaction of general fill materials cubic metre 2. Compaction of fine fill materials cubic metre 3. Compaction of granular fill materials cubic metre 4. Compaction of special fill materials cubic metre 5. Compaction of rock fill materials cubic metre 6. Compaction of stated types of fill

material cubic metre

Page 103: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

103

Group Feature Unit II 1. in embankments 2. in platforms 3. in slopes 4. in intermediate areas of fill 5. above structures 6. adjacent to structures 7. in stated locations L. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

7.26 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Compaction of fill materials

Unit

7.26.1 Compaction of general fill materials, in embankments

cubic metre

7.26.2 Compaction of rock fill materials, in slopes cubic metre Item description extension

7.27 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Compaction of fill materials” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) forming and trimming of side slopes, benchings and berms; (b) providing and maintaining telltales for the measurement of

settlement;

(c) compaction of additional fill materials to replace fill materials lost by settlement of, or penetration into, the underlying materials;

(d) protection of formations; (e) blinding the final surface with suitable fine fill materials.

Measurement 7.28 The measurement of the items for compaction of fill materials in embankments, platforms, slopes and intermediate areas of fill shall be the volume formed or void filled up to lines and levels as shown on Drawings or described in the Contract from existing ground surface together with the filling of any void the excavation of which has been measured in accordance with paragraph 7.08.

7.29 The measurement of the items for compaction of fill materials above structures shall be the volume of the void excavated measured in accordance with paragraph 7.09 less the volume of the structures within that void.

Page 104: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

104

7.30 The measurement of the items for compaction of fill materials adjacent to structures shall be the volume filled to the lines and levels as shown on Drawings or described in the Contract, or if no such indication is made on the Drawings or described in the Contract, within 3.00 metres of any structure, but not below any structure and excluding that defined as being above structures. It shall also exclude that required for backfilling necessitated by excavation for working space and overbreak.

7.31 The items under the sub-heading “Compaction of fill materials” other than the items for “compaction of general fill materials” shall only be separately measured where such fill materials are specifically shown on Drawings.

Sub-heading

PRESPLITTING

Notes M. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Presplitting” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Presplitting by whatsoever means square metre 2. Presplitting, blasting not permitted

under the Contract square metre

N. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

7.32 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Presplitting

Unit

7.32.1 Presplitting by whatsoever means

square metre

7.32.2 Presplitting, blasting not permitted under the Contract square metre Item description extension

7.33 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Presplitting” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) screens and other protective covers, and subsequent removal; (b) measuring and recording vibrations, and supplying records to the

Engineer;

(c) drilling shot holes at the appropriate position and inclination; (d) trimming.

Page 105: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

105

Measurement 7.34 The items under the sub-heading “Presplitting” shall only be measured where specified. The measurement of the items under the sub-heading“Presplitting” shall be the surface area of the face formed by presplitting. No allowance shall be made for irregularities, depressions or other local peculiarities.

Page 106: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

106

Heading

SECTION 8 ROADS AND PAVINGS

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

Measurement 8.01 The items of work under this section 8 shall be deemed to include concrete, reinforcement, formwork and steelwork.

8.02 Pedestrian railing, if any, shall be measured in accordance with the Preamble and section 4 (Fencing and Gates) of the Method of Measurementand shall not be measured under this section 8.

Sub-heading SUB-BASE, ROADBASE AND REGULATING COURSE

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Sub-base, roadbase and regulating course” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and lay sub-base cubic metre 2. Supply and lay roadbase square metre 3. Supply and lay regulating course tonne II 1. different types of material III 1. different thicknesses of roadbase B. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

8.03 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Sub-base, roadbase and regulating course

Unit

8.03.1 Supply and lay sub-base, type I granular sub-base

cubic metre

Page 107: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

107

8.03.2 Supply and lay roadbase, bituminous material roadbase, 37.5 mm nominal size aggregate, 250 mm thick

square metre

8.03.3 Supply and lay regulating course, bituminous material regulating course, 28 mm nominal size aggregate

tonne

Item description extension

8.04 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Sub-base, roadbase and regulating course” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) compaction of deposited materials in layers. Measurement 8.05 The measurement of the items for “supply and lay sub-base” under this

sub-heading shall be the volume measured as shown on Drawings. No deduction shall be made for voids each not exceeding 0.3 cubic metres.

8.06 The measurement of the items for “supply and lay roadbase” under this sub-heading shall be the area at the top surface. No deduction shall be made for openings each not exceeding one square metre.

8.07 The measurement of the items for “supply and lay regulating course”under this sub-heading shall be the weight of regulating course as instructed by the Engineer or otherwise derived from the Drawings.

Sub-heading FLEXIBLE SURFACING

Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Flexible surfacing” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and lay base course square metre 2. Supply and lay wearing course square metre 3. Supply and lay friction course square metre 4. Supply and lay surface dressing square metre II 1. different types of material III 1. different thicknesses D. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

8.08 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 108: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

108

Item description Flexible surfacing

Unit

8.08.1 Supply and lay base course, 37.5 mm nominal size aggregate, 60 mm thick

square metre

8.08.2 Supply and lay wearing course, 20 mm nominal size aggregate, 40 mm thick

square metre

8.08.3 Supply and lay friction course, 10 mm nominal size bituminous material, 30 mm thick

square metre

8.08.4 Supply and lay surface dressing, anti-skid surface dressing

square metre

Item description extension

8.09 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Flexible surfacing” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) compaction of deposited materials in layers. Measurement 8.10 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Flexible surfacing”

shall be the area at the top surface. No deduction shall be made for openings each not exceeding one square metre.

Sub-heading MILLING OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT

Notes E. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Milling of flexible pavement” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Milling square metre II 1. to depth not exceeding 50 mm 2. to depth exceeding 50 mm but not

exceeding 100 mm and so on in steps of 50 mm

III 1. materials to become the

Contractor’s property

2. materials to be disposed of at designated locations

F. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

8.11 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 109: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

109

Item description

Milling of flexible pavement

Unit

8.11.1 Milling, to depth not exceeding 50 mm, materials to become the Contractor’s property

square metre

8.11.2 Milling, to depth exceeding 50 mm but not exceeding 100 mm, materials to be disposed of at designated locations

square metre

Item description extension

8.12 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Milling of flexible pavement” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) removal of existing road studs.

Measurement 8.13 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Milling of flexible pavement” shall be the summed area of milled flexible pavement within each depth range. The area of milled flexible pavement shall be measuredonce only at the top surface of the flexible pavement assigned to the item with a depth range within which the maximum milled depth falls. When there are multiple milling operations on a particular surface, the milleddepth refers to the total depth of the milling on that surface. No deduction shall be made for openings each not exceeding one square metre.

Sub-heading CONCRETE PAVEMENT

Notes G. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Concrete pavement” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Construction of concrete

carriageways square metre

2. Construction of stated paved concrete areas

square metre

II 1. reinforced 2. unreinforced III 1. different grades of concrete IV 1. different thicknesses H. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item

Page 110: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

110

descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

8.14 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Concrete pavement

Unit

8.14.1 Construction of concrete carriageways, unreinforced, grade 40 concrete, 230 mm thick

square metre

8.14.2 Construction of run-in, reinforced with one layer of

C283 fabric reinforcement, grade 30 concrete, 150 mm thick

square metre

Item description extension

8.15

The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Concrete pavement” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) waterproof membrane underlay; (b) jointing to existing pavement including dowels.

Measurement 8.16 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Concrete pavement” shall be at the top surface. No deduction shall be made for openings each not exceeding one square metre.

Sub-heading PAVING SLABS AND INTERLOCKING BLOCKS

Notes I. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Paving slabs and interlocking blocks” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and lay paving slabs square metre 2. Supply and lay interlocking blocks square metre II 1. different types of material III 1. different types of construction J. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

8.17 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 111: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

111

Item description Paving slabs and interlocking blocks

Unit

8.17.1 Supply and lay paving slabs, 50 mm thick, clay paver with 30 mm thick sand bed

square metre

8.17.2 Supply and lay interlocking blocks, 60 mm thick,

grade 30 concrete, paving block with 30 mm thick sand bed

square metre

Item description extension

8.18 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Paving slabs and interlocking blocks” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) compacting sand bed; (b) jointing to existing paved areas; (c) in case of paving slabs or interlocking blocks procured from

Correctional Services Department (CSD), price charged by CSD and taking delivery, transporting to Site and storage.

Measurement 8.19 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Paving slabs and interlocking blocks” shall be the area at the top surface. No deduction shall be made for openings each not exceeding one square metre.

Sub-heading FOOTWAYS, CYCLETRACKS AND PAVED AREAS

Notes K. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Footways, cycletracks and paved areas” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Construction of footways square metre 2. Construction of cycletracks square metre 3. Construction of paved areas square metre II 1. different thicknesses III 1. different types of construction IV 1. different thicknesses of sub-base of

stated types

L. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

8.20 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 112: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

112

Item description

Footways, cycletracks and paved areas

Unit

8.20.1 Construction of footways, 75 mm thick, grade 30 concrete with 100 mm thick type I granular sub-base

square metre

8.20.2 Construction of cycletracks, 25 mm thick, wearing course with nominal maximum aggregate size 10 mm and 100 mm thick type I granular sub-base

square metre

8.20.3 Construction of paved areas, 225 mm thick, grade 20 concrete

square metre

Item description extension

8.21 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Footways, cycletracks and paved areas” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) waterproof membrane underlay; (b) compaction of deposited materials in layers; (c) jointing to existing pavement. Measurement 8.22 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Footways,

cycletracks and paved areas” shall be the area at the top surface. No deduction shall be made for openings each not exceeding one square metre.

Sub-heading KERBS, EDGINGS AND QUADRANTS

Notes M. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Kerbs, edgings and quadrants” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and lay kerbs metre 2. Supply and lay edgings metre 3. Supply and lay quadrants number 4. Supply and lay special kerb

sections number

II 1. different types III 1. different sizes IV 1. straight or curved not less than

10.00 m radius

2. curved less than 10.00 m radius N. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills

Page 113: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

113

of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

8.23 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Kerbs, edgings and quadrants

Unit

8.23.1 Supply and lay kerbs, precast concrete kerbs type K1, straight or curved not less than 10.00 m radius

metre

8.23.2 Supply and lay edgings, precast concrete edgings type E2, curved less than 10.00 m radius

metre

8.23.3 Supply and lay quadrants, precast concrete quadrants, 300 mm radius

number

8.23.4 Supply and lay special kerb sections, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

Item description extension

8.24

The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Kerbs, edgings and quadrants” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (c) reinstatement of existing ground including carriageways,

footways and paved areas;

(d) foundation and backing; (e) building in gully grating and frames and overflow weirs; (f) in case of kerbs, edgings and quadrants procured from

Correctional Services Department (CSD), price charged by CSD and taking delivery, transporting to Site and storage.

Measurement 8.25 The measurement of the items for “supply and lay kerbs”, “supply andlay quadrants” and “supply and lay special kerb sections” under this sub-heading shall be the length along their vertical faces abutting carriageways.

8.26 The measurement of the items for “supply and lay edgings” under this sub-heading shall be the length along their vertical faces abutting footpath.

Sub-heading

VEHICULAR PARAPETS - BEAM BARRIERS

Notes O. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Vehicular parapets – beam barriers” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 114: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

114

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and install beam barriers metre 2. Supply and install steel parapets metre 3. Extra over for anchor blocks number 4. Extra over for end beams number 5. Extra over for end specials number 6. Extra over for transition pieces number II 1. different types and/or sizes P. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

8.27 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Vehicular parapets – beam barriers

Unit

8.27.1 Supply and install beam barriers, untensioned beam barriers, direct mounting, circular hollow section posts at 4000 mm centres, concrete footings as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

metre

8.27.2 Supply and install steel parapets, vehicular parapet as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

metre

8.27.3 Extra over for anchor blocks, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

8.27.4 Extra over for end beams, as shown on Drawing No(s). ______ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

8.27.5 Extra over for end specials, as shown on Drawing No(s). ______ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

8.27.6 Extra over for transition pieces, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

Item description extension

8.28 The item description of the items under this sub-heading “Vehicular parapets - beam barriers” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) foundations, footings and anchorages;

Page 115: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

115

(b) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (c) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (d) reinstatement of existing ground including carriageways,

footways and paved areas;

(e) jointing to existing fences or parapets; (f) protective treatment and painting; (g) trimming or filling ground to maintain uniform clearance

between bottom of barrier and ground.

Measurement 8.29 The measurement of the items for “supply and install beam barriers” and

“supply and install steel parapets” under this sub-heading shall be the length along the centreline alignment inclusive of anchor blocks, end beams, end specials and transition pieces.

8.30 The measurement of the items for “extra over for anchor blocks”, “extra over for end beams”, “extra over for end specials” and “extra over for transition pieces” under this sub-heading shall be of the complete installation.

Sub-heading

VEHICULAR PARAPETS - CONCRETE PROFILE BARRIERS

Note Q. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Vehicular parapets - concrete profile barriers” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Construction of concrete profile

barriers metre

2. Construction of end sections to concrete profile barriers

number

3. Construction of special sections to concrete profile barriers

number

II 1. different types and/or sizes R. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

8.31 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Vehicular parapets - concrete profile barriers

Unit

8.31.1 Construction of concrete profile barriers, type 1, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

metre

Page 116: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

116

8.31.2 Construction of end sections to concrete profile barriers, type 2, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

8.31.3 Construction of special sections to concrete profile barriers, type 3, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

Item description extension

8.32 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Vehicular parapets - concrete profile barriers” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (c) reinstatement of existing ground including carriageways,

footways and paved areas; (d) foundation and backing; (e) drain pipes, service ducts and the like; (f) concrete topping; (g) lamp standard sockets; (h) cover plates. Measurement 8.33 The measurement of the items for “construction of concrete profile

barriers” under this sub-heading shall be the length along their centrelinealignment excluding end sections and special sections. In the case of double face concrete profile barriers, the centreline shall be that between the exposed far faces of concrete profile barriers.

Sub-heading

TRAFFIC SIGNS, BOLLARDS AND MARKER POSTS

Notes S. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Traffic signs, bollards and marker posts” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and install traffic signs number 2. Supply and install bollards number 3. Supply and install marker posts number II 1. internally illuminated 2. externally illuminated 3. non-illuminated 4. retroreflective 5. non-retroreflective III 1. different types and/or sizes 2. different materials IV 1. with different supports

Page 117: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

117

T. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

8.34 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Traffic signs, bollards and marker posts

Unit

8.34.1 Supply and install traffic signs, retroreflective, triangular, 600 mm high

number

8.34.2 Supply and install traffic signs, with supports as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

8.34.3 Supply and install bollards, internal illuminated, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

8.34.4 Supply and install marker posts, single post chainage marker sign supports, 2200 mm high

number

Item description extension

8.35 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Traffic signs, bollards and marker posts” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) foundations, footings and anchorages; (b) excavation in any material and disposal of any material ; (c) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (d) reinstatement of existing ground including carriageways,

footways and paved areas; (e) in case of materials procured from Correctional Services

Department (CSD), price charged by CSD and taking delivery, transporting to Site and storage;

(f) temporary screening of signs; (g) protective treatment and painting.

Sub-heading

SIGN GANTRIES

Notes U. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Sign gantries” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Construction of sign gantries number II 1. different types

Page 118: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

118

V. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

8.36 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Sign gantries

Unit

8.36.1 Construction of sign gantries, type ADS1 as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items].

number

8.36.2 Construction of sign gantries, type ADS2 with 19.4 m span

number

Item description extension

8.37 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Sign gantries”shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) foundations, footings and anchorages ; (b) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (c) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (d) reinstatement of existing ground including carriageways,

footways and paved areas; (e) lightning protection, electrical installation, testing and

commissioning; (f) temporary screening of signs; (g) protective treatment and painting; (h) signs.

Sub-heading

ROAD STUDS

Notes W. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Road studs” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and install road studs number II 1. different types and/or sizes X. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Page 119: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

119

Item description and unit

8.38 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Road studs

Unit

8.38.1 Supply and install road studs, non-reflective, stainless steel, non-depressive stud RM1075

number

Item description extension

8.39 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Road studs” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) reinstatement.

Sub-heading

ROAD MARKINGS

Notes Y. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Road markings” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and lay continuous lines metre 2. Supply and lay intermittent lines metre 3. Supply and lay ancillary lines metre 4. Supply and lay letters, characters,

figures and symbols number

5. Supply and lay arrows number II 1. different materials and colours III 1. different lengths of mark and gap for

intermittent lines

IV 1. different widths of line 2. different heights of letter, character,

figure and symbol

3. different types and/or lengths of arrow

Z. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

8.40 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 120: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

120

Item description Road markings

Unit

8.40.1 Supply and lay continuous lines, white, hot applied thermoplastic material, 150 mm wide

metre

8.40.2 Supply and lay intermittent lines, white, hot applied thermoplastic material, 100 mm wide, 300 mm mark, 150 mm gap

metre

8.40.3 Supply and lay ancillary lines, white, hot applied thermoplastic material, 150 mm wide

metre

8.40.4 Supply and lay letters, characters, figures and symbols, white, hot applied thermoplastic material, 2800 mm high

number

8.40.5 Supply and lay arrows, white, hot applied thermoplastic material, straight ahead arrow, 600 mm long

number

Measurement 8.41 The measurement of the items for “supply and lay intermittent lines”

under this sub-heading shall include unmarked intervals. Double lines shall be measured as two single lines. Ancillary lines shall include lines forming hatched areas, chevrons, zig-zag lines and boxed areas including their enclosing lines.

Sub-heading

REMOVAL OF EXISTING ROAD MARKINGS

Notes AA. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Removal of existing road markings” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Removal of continuous lines metre 2. Removal of intermittent lines metre 3. Removal of ancillary lines metre 4. Removal of letters, characters,

figures and symbols number

5. Removal of arrows number II 1. different lengths of mark and gap for

intermittent lines

III 1. different widths of line 2. different heights of letter, character,

figure and symbol

3. different types and/or lengths of arrow

Page 121: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

121

BB. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

8.42 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Removal of existing road markings

Unit

8.42.1 Removal of continuous lines, 150 mm wide

metre

8.42.2 Removal of intermittent lines, 100 mm wide, 300 mm mark, 150 mm gap

metre

8.42.3 Removal of ancillary lines, continuous lines, 100 mm wide

metre

8.42.4 Removal of letters, characters, figures and symbols

number

8.42.5 Removal of arrows, directional arrows

number

Item description extension

8.43 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Removal of existing road markings” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) providing temporary traffic signs; (b) protecting and making good any damage to existing pavements

and surfaces.

Measurement 8.44 The measurement of the items for “removal of intermittent lines” under this sub-heading shall include unmarked intervals. Double lines shall be measured as two single lines. Ancillary lines shall include lines forming hatched areas, chevrons, zig-zag lines and boxed areas including their enclosing lines.

Page 122: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

122

Heading

SECTION 9 PILING WORKS

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

Measurement 9.01 Ground investigation works including pre-drilling associated with piling, if any, shall be measured in accordance with the Preamble and section 2(Ground Investigation) of the Method of Measurement and shall not be measured under this section 9.

9.02 Proof-drilling, if any, shall be measured in accordance with the Preamble and section 25 (Testing) of the Method of Measurement and shall not be measured under this section 9.

9.03 Steel struts, steel waling and steel ties for supporting steel sheet piling, if any, shall be measured in accordance with the Preamble and section 14 (Steelwork) of the Method of Measurement and shall not be measured under this section 9.

Sub-heading PILING PLANT

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Piling plant” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision and removal of piling plant sum 2. Setting up piling plant number II 1. piling plant for different types of pile III 1. preliminary piling 2. main piling B. Separate items for “provision and removal of piling plant” under this

sub-heading shall be provided in each bill with items for piling works.

C. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Page 123: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

123

Item description and unit

9.04 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description Piling plant

Unit

9.04.1 Provision and removal of piling plant, for bored piles, main piling

sum

9.04.2 Provision and removal of piling plant, for driven piles, preliminary piling

sum

9.04.3 Setting up piling plant, for bored piles, main piling

number

Item description extension

9.05 The item description of the items for “provision and removal of piling plant” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) provision and removal of all associated plant and equipment

including but not limited to piling stagings, pile frames, drilling rigs and special plant.

9.06 The item description of the items for “setting up piling plant” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) moving of piling plant and all associated plant and equipment

set up.

Measurement 9.07 The measurement of the items for “provision and removal of piling

plant” under this sub-heading shall be for bringing piling plant and all associated plant and equipment for the execution and completion of the piling work and their subsequent removal off the Site.

9.08 The measurement of the items for “setting up piling plant” under this

sub-heading shall be the number of piles as shown on Drawings or ordered by the Engineer. Any additional setting up of piling plant to suit the Contractor’s method of working shall not be measured.

9.09 The items for “setting up piling plant” under this sub-heading shall not be measured for steel sheet piles.

Sub-heading CAST-IN-SITU CONCRETE PILES Notes D. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading

“Cast-in-situ concrete piles” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 124: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

124

Group Feature Unit I 1. Construction of pile shafts metre 2. Construction of empty bores metre 3. Extra over for breaking out

obstructions cubic metre

4. Extra over for enlarged bases number 5. Extra over for toeing-in to bedrock metre 6. Extra over for permanent linings metre II 1. vertical 2. raking III 1. different types IV 1. different materials V 1. different cross sections VI 1. different thicknesses of permanent

lining

VII 1. length not exceeding 5.00 m 2. length exceeding 5.00 m but not

exceeding 10.00 m and so on in steps of 5.00 m

VIII 1. preliminary piling 2. main piling E. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

9.10 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Cast-in-situ concrete piles

Unit

9.10.1 Construction of pile shafts, vertical bored piles, 900

mm diameter, length exceeding 30.00 m but not exceeding 35.00 m, preliminary piling

metre

9.10.2 Construction of empty bores, vertical, 900 mm diameter, length exceeding 5.00 m but not exceeding 10.00 m, main piling

metre

Page 125: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

125

9.10.3 Extra over for breaking out obstructions, raking bored piles, 2000 mm diameter, main piling

cubic metre

9.10.4 Extra over for enlarged bases, vertical bored piles, 900 mm diameter, main piling

number

9.10.5 Extra over for toeing-in to bedrock, vertical bored piles, 900 mm diameter, main piling

metre

9.10.6 Extra over for permanent linings, 5mm thick, vertical bored piles, 900 mm diameter, details as shown on Drawing No(s). [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], main piling

metre

Item description extension

9.11 The item description of the items for “construction of pile shafts” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) pre-boring and jetting; (b) temporary casings or linings; (c) excavation in any material except for rock and artificial hard

materials and disposal of any material;

(d) measures to minimize settlement of ground, adjacent structures and utilities;

(e) monitoring the noise levels, vibration, ground movement and groundwater levels, taking records and supplying such records to the Engineer;

(f) forming the pile including grout and concrete; (g) casting in tubes for sonic testing, tubes for coring and tubes for

proof drilling and the like;

(h) cutting back concrete to form bond and/or trimming to required finished level;

(i) taking undisturbed soil or rock samples from the bore at any level;

(j) pressure grouting; (k) provision of apparatus for the inspection of pile excavation or

inside of pile casing.

9.12 The item description of the items for “construction of empty bores” under

this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) pre-boring and jetting; (b) temporary casings or linings; (c) excavation in any material except for rock and artificial hard

materials and disposal of any material;

(d) measures to minimize settlement of ground, adjacent structures and utilities;

(e) monitoring the noise levels, vibration, ground movement and groundwater levels, taking records and supplying such records to the Engineer;

(f) taking undisturbed soil or rock samples from the bore at any level;

(g) provision of apparatus for the inspection of pile excavation or inside of pile casing.

Page 126: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

126

9.13 The item description of the items for “extra over for breaking out obstructions” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in rock and artificial hard materials and disposal of any material.

9.14 The item description of the items for “extra over for enlarged bases”

under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) additional concrete or other materials required to fill or form the enlarged base;

(b) excavation in any material and disposal of any material.

9.15 The item description of the items for “extra over for toeing-in to bedrock” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in rock and artificial hard materials and disposal of any material.

9.16 The item description of the items for “extra over for permanent linings”under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) protective treatment and painting; (b) filling voids between linings and excavated faces.

Measurement 9.17 The measurement of the items for “construction of pile shafts” under this sub-heading shall be the length of the pile measured along the axis from the specified cut-off level to the toe of the pile shoe or the bottom of excavation including any enlarged base as required by the Engineer, whichever is appropriate.

9.18 Where an empty bore is specified above a pile shaft, the length classification of the pile shaft shall be based on the overall excavated depth including the empty bore. The items for “construction of empty bores” under this sub-heading shall only be measured when commencement levels are specified and shall be the length of the empty bore from the specified cut-off level to the specified commencement level.

9.19 The measurement of the items for “extra over for breaking out obstructions” under this sub-heading shall be the volume of the voids formed by the removal of rock (except bedrock), boulders, artificial hard material and the like, which can only be removed by special plant and which is within the specified cross section of the pile or enlarged base.

9.20 The measurement of the items for “extra over for toeing-in to bedrock”under this sub-heading shall be the length of the toeing-in measured along the axis of the pile from the commencement level of bedrock at the axis to the toe of the pile shoe or the bottom of excavation including any enlarged base as required by the Engineer, whichever is appropriate.

Page 127: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

127

9.21 The measurement of the items for “extra over for permanent linings”under this sub-heading shall be the length of the permanent lining shown on Drawings or ordered by the Engineer.

9.22 If the measured length of a pile shaft or empty bore constructed is outsidethe length ranges of the corresponding items provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

Sub-heading REINFORCEMENT FOR CAST-IN-SITU CONCRETE PILES

Notes F. Separate items shall be provided for reinforcement for under the sub-heading “Reinforcement for cast-in-situ concrete piles” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and fix bar reinforcement tonne 2. Supply and fix helical reinforcement tonne II 1. mild steel 2. high yield steel 3. stainless steel III 1. bar diameter not exceeding 16 mm 2. bar diameter exceeding 16 mm 3. different diameters of helical

reinforcement

IV 1. bar length not exceeding 12.00 m 2. bar length exceeding 12.00 m but

not exceeding 15.00 m and so on in steps of 3.00 m

G. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

9.23 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Reinforcement for cast-in-situ concrete piles

Unit

9.23.1 Supply and fix bar reinforcement, high yield steel, bar diameter exceeding 16 mm, bar length not exceeding 12.00 m

tonne

Page 128: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

128

9.23.2 Supply and fix helical reinforcement, mild steel, 16 mm diameter

tonne

Item description extension

9.24 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Reinforcement for cast-in-situ concrete piles” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) protective treatment and painting; (b) reinforcement connectors; (c) preparing bending schedules. Measurement 9.25 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Reinforcement for

cast-in-situ concrete piles” shall include the reinforcement specified to be cast into the pile and required to bond into the substructure.

9.26 The weight of plain bar reinforcement shall be calculated on the basis that steel weighs 0.00785 kilogram per square millimetre of cross sectional area per linear metre. The weight of deformed bar reinforcement shall be calculated from the nominal rolling mass of the reinforcement. Steel bar supports to reinforcement where shown on Drawings shall be measured as reinforcement.

Sub-heading PRECAST CONCRETE PILES Notes H. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Precast

concrete piles” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply precast concrete piles metre 2. Drive precast concrete piles metre 3. Strip pile heads number II 1. vertical 2. raking III 1. different types IV 1. different materials V 1. different cross sections VI 1. length not exceeding 5.00 m 2. length exceeding 5.00 m but not

exceeding 10.00 m and so on in steps of 5.00 m

VII 1. preliminary piling 2. main piling

Page 129: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

129

I. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

9.27 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Precast concrete piles

Unit

9.27.1 Supply precast concrete piles, vertical, 600 mm

diameter, length exceeding 20.00 m but not exceeding 30.00 m, preliminary piling

metre

9.27.2 Drive precast concrete piles, raking, 800 mm diameter, length exceeding 35.00 m but not exceeding 40.00 m, main piling

metre

9.27.3 Strip pile heads, vertical, 900 mm diameter, main piling

number

Item description extension

9.28 The item description of the items for “supply precast concrete piles”under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) reinforcement; (b) formwork.

9.29 The item description of the items for “drive precast concrete piles” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) measures to minimize settlement of ground, adjacent structures and utilities;

(b) monitoring the noise levels, vibration, ground movement and groundwater levels, taking records and supplying such records to the Engineer;

(c) re-setting up and moving plant and equipment and to redriverisen piles;

(d) re-setting up and moving plant and equipment to correct displaced piles;

(e) extracting preliminary pile; (f) overcoming or breaking out obstructions including extraction

of piles.

9.30 The item description of the items for “strip pile heads” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) disposal of any material; (b) stripping concrete from the head to the required level and

exposing the reinforcement required for bonding into thesubstructure;

(c) bending the projecting reinforcement as necessary to bond into

Page 130: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

130

the substructure; (d) protective treatment and painting; (e) capping plates, reinforcement, infill concrete and the like.

Measurement 9.31 The measurement of the items for “supply precast concrete piles” under this sub-heading shall be the length of the pile from the toe or tapered point to the specified cut-off level.

9.32 The measurement of the items for “drive precast concrete piles” under this sub-heading shall be the length of the pile measured from the toe or tapered point to the existing ground surface or the level of the underside of the pile cap (excluding any blinding layer), whichever is the lower. Provided that where a particular level is specified from which driving shall commence, then the measurement shall be to that specified level.

9.33 If the measured length of a precast concrete pile supplied or driven is outside the length range of the corresponding items provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

Sub-heading STEEL BEARING PILES

Notes J. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Steel bearing piles” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply steel bearing piles metre 2. Drive steel bearing piles metre 3. Prepare pile heads number II 1. vertical 2. raking III 1. different types IV 1. preliminary piling 2. main piling K. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

9.34 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 131: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

131

Item description Steel bearing piles

Unit

9.34.1 Supply steel bearing piles, vertical, 600 mm diameter

steel tubular bearing piles, main piling

metre

9.34.2 Drive steel bearing piles, raking, 305 x 305 x 223 kg/m steel H-piles, main piling

metre

9.34.3 Prepare pile heads, vertical, 600 mm diameter steel tubular bearing piles, main piling

number

Item description extension

9.35 The item description of the items for “supply steel bearing piles” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) protective treatment and painting.

9.36 The item description of the items for “drive steel bearing piles” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) measures to minimize settlement of ground, adjacent structures

and utilities;

(b) monitoring the noise levels, vibration, ground movement and groundwater levels, taking records and supplying such records to the Engineer;

(c) re-setting up and moving plant and equipment to redrive risen piles;

(d) re-setting up and moving plant and equipment to correct displaced piles;

(e) extracting preliminary pile; (f) overcoming or breaking out obstructions including extraction

of piles.

9.37 The item description of the items for “prepare pile heads” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) capping plates; (b) protective treatment and painting; (c) in the case of the heads of piles being encased in concrete,

removal of protective coating and other surface treatment.

Measurement 9.38 The measurement of the items for “supply steel bearing piles” under this sub-heading shall be the length of the pile from the toe or tapered point to the specified cut-off level.

9.39 The measurement of the items for “drive steel bearing piles” under this sub-heading shall be the length of the pile measured from the toe or tapered point to the existing ground surface or the level of the underside of the pile cap (excluding any blinding layer), whichever is the lower. Provided that where a particular level is specified from which driving shall commence, then the measurement shall be to that specified level.

Page 132: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

132

Sub-heading STEEL SHEET PILES Notes L. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Steel

sheet piles” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply steel sheet piles square metre 2. Drive steel sheet piles square metre Group Feature Unit II 1. different types III 1. vertical length not exceeding 5.00 m 2. vertical length exceeding 5.00 m but

not exceeding 10.00 m and so on in steps of 5.00 m

M. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

9.40 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Steel sheet piles

Unit

9.40.1 Supply steel sheet piles, FSP-IIA steel sheet piles,

vertical length exceeding 5.00 m but not exceeding 10.00 m

square metre

9.40.2 Drive steel sheet piles, FSP-IIA steel sheet piles, vertical length exceeding 5.00 m but not exceeding 10.00 m

square metre

Item description extension

9.41 The item description of the items for “supply steel sheet piles” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) weepholes; (b) forming openings; (c) protective treatment and painting.

Page 133: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

133

9.42 The item description of the items for “drive steel sheet piles” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) measures to minimize settlement of ground, adjacent structures and utilities;

(b) monitoring the noise levels, vibration, ground movement and groundwater levels, taking records and supplying such records to the Engineer;

(c) setting up and moving plant and equipment at each pile position including site preparation or levelling;

(d) re-setting up and moving plant and equipment to redrive risen piles;

(e) re-setting up and moving plant and equipment to correct displaced piles;

(f) overcoming or breaking out obstructions including extraction of piles.

Measurement 9.43 The measurement of the items for “supply steel sheet piles” under this

sub-heading shall be the plane (not developed) horizontal length along the centreline of the piling multiplied by the vertical length as shown on Drawings or ordered by the Engineer.

9.44 The measurement of the items for “drive steel sheet piles” under this

sub-heading shall be the plane (not developed) horizontal length along the centreline of the piling multiplied by the depth from the toe to the existing ground surface or the specified cut off level of the pile, whichever is the lower. Provided that where a particular level is specified from which driving shall commence, then the measurement shall be to that specified level.

9.45 If the measured vertical length of steel sheet piles supplied or driven is outside the length ranges of the corresponding items provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

Page 134: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

134

Heading

SECTION 10 FORMWORK

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

Sub-heading FORMWORK, PROFILED FORMWORK AND PERMANENT FORMWORK

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Formwork, profiled formwork and permanent formwork” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply, install and remove formwork square metre 2. Supply, install and remove profiled

formwork square metre

3. Supply and install permanent formwork

square metre

II 1. width exceeding 300 mm, horizontal

or at any inclination up to and including 5° to the horizontal

2. width exceeding 300 mm, at any inclination more than 5° up to and including 85° to the horizontal

3. width exceeding 300 mm, at any inclination more than 85° up to and including 90° to the horizontal

4. width not exceeding 300 mm, at any inclination

5. curved, girth and width exceeding 300 mm, at any inclination

6. curved, girth or width not exceeding 300 mm, at any inclination

7. domed III 1. different classes of finish 2. different types of permanent

formwork

B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Page 135: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

135

Item description and unit

10.01 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Formwork, profiled formwork and permanent formwork

Unit

10.01.1 Supply, install and remove formwork, width exceeding 300 mm, horizontal or at any inclination up to and including 5° to the horizontal, Class F3

square metre

10.01.2 Supply, install and remove profiled formwork, width exceeding 300 mm, at any inclination more than 5° up to and including 85° to the horizontal, Class F6

square metre

10.01.3 Supply and install permanent formwork, width exceeding 300 mm, at any inclination more than 85° up to and including 90° to the horizontal, type 1 as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

square metre

Measurement 10.02 The measurement of the items for “supply, install and remove formwork”and “supply and install permanent formwork” under this sub-heading shall, subject to the qualifications stated in paragraph 10.07, be the area of formwork which is in contact with the finished concrete together with the area of the openings in such finished concrete provided that the size of the openings does not exceed one square metre each.

10.03 Where concrete other than blinding concrete is placed in structural foundations, the items for “supply, install and remove formwork” under this sub-heading shall be measured to the sides of such concrete foundations regardless of whether any formwork is used, except where it is expressly stated on the Drawings that the concrete is to be cast against the soil face.

10.04 The measurement of the items for “supply, install and remove profiledformwork” under this sub-heading shall, subject to the qualifications stated in paragraph 10.07, be the plane (not developed) area of the profiled concrete as shown on Drawings. Where such formwork is bounded by strips of plain finish not exceeding 300 millimetres wide, these strips shall be measured under the items for “supply, install and remove profiled formwork” under this sub-heading.

10.05 The items for “supply, install and remove formwork” under this sub-heading shall be measured to one face only at movement joints.

10.06 Curved formwork shall be measured separately only where the face of the formwork in contact with the concrete is curved to a radius of 12.00 metres or less.

10.07 The items under the sub-heading “Formwork, profiled formwork and

permanent formwork” shall not be measured:

(a) to construction joints; (b) to holes, ducts, pockets, sockets, mortices and the like not

Page 136: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

136

exceeding 0.15 cubic metres each in volume; (c) to individual fillets, chamfers, splays, drips, rebates, recesses,

grooves and the like not exceeding 100 millimetres total girth measured on the faces in contact with the concrete;

(d) to edges of concrete in blinding layers; (e) to upper surfaces of concrete inclined at an angle of 15° or less to

the horizontal.

Sub-heading VOID FORMERS

Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Void formers” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and install void formers metre 2. Supply, install and remove void

formers metre

II 1. different types D. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

10.08 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Void formers

Unit

10.08.1 Supply, install and remove void formers, type I as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

metre

Page 137: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

137

Heading

SECTION 11 STEEL REINFORCEMENT

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

Sub-heading REINFORCEMENT

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Reinforcement” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and fix bar reinforcement tonne 2. Supply and fix fabric reinforcement square metre 3. Supply and fix helical reinforcement tonne II 1. mild steel 2. high yield steel 3. stainless steel 4. galvanised steel 5. epoxy coated steel III 1. bar diameter not exceeding 16 mm 2. bar diameter exceeding 16 mm 3. different BS references of fabric

reinforcement

4. different diameters of helical reinforcement

IV 1. bar length not exceeding 12.00 m 2. bar length exceeding 12.00 m but

not exceeding 15.00 m and so on in steps of 3.00 m

B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

11.01 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 138: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

138

Item description Reinforcement

Unit

11.01.1 Supply and fix bar reinforcement, high yield steel, bar diameter exceeding 16 mm, bar length not exceeding 12.00 m

tonne

11.01.2 Supply and fix fabric reinforcement, high yield steel, A393 to BS 4483

square metre

11.01.3 Supply and fix helical reinforcement, high yield steel, 10 mm diameter

tonne

Item description extension

11.02 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Reinforcement”shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) protective treatment and painting; (b) reinforcement connectors; (c) cover spacers, chairs, supports and spacers; (d) preparing bending schedules. Measurement 11.03 The mass of plain bar reinforcement shall be calculated on the basis that

steel weighs 0.00785 kilogram per square millimetre of cross sectional area per linear metre. The mass of deformed bar reinforcement shall be calculated from the nominal rolling mass of the reinforcement. Steel bar supports to reinforcement where shown on Drawings shall be measured as reinforcement.

11.04 The items for “supply and fix fabric reinforcement” under this sub-heading shall be measured as the area of fabric excluding laps. No deduction shall be made for openings each not exceeding one square metre.

Sub-heading DOWELS

Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Dowels” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and install dowels number II 1. different types of material

III 1. different diameters and lengths of

dowel

IV 1. different accessories

Page 139: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

139

D.

The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units for the items of work that are measured in the bills of the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

11.05 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Dowels

Unit

11.05.1 Supply and install dowels, high yield steel, 25 mm diameter, 1000 mm long

number

Item description extension

11.06 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Dowels” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) drilling in any material and grouting; (b) protective treatment and painting.

Page 140: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

140

Heading

SECTION 12 CONCRETE

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

Sub-heading IN-SITU CONCRETE Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “In-situ

concrete” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and cast concrete cubic metre 2. Supply and cast blinding concrete cubic metre 3. Supply and cast no-fines concrete cubic metre II 1. different grades of concrete and

different sizes of aggregate

III 1. different types of cement 2. with pulverised fuel ash B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

12.01 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

In-situ concrete

Unit

12.01.1 Supply and cast concrete, grade 40/20D, with

pulverised fuel ash

cubic metre

12.01.2 Supply and cast concrete, grade 30/20S

cubic metre

12.01.3 Supply and cast blinding concrete, grade 10D

cubic metre

12.01.4 Supply and cast no-fines concrete cubic metre

Page 141: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

141

Item description extension

12.02 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “In-situ concrete” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) finishes to unformed surfaces; (b) formwork to upper surfaces inclined at an angle of 15° or less

to the horizontal;

(c) weep pipes, pipe sleeves and the like; (d) casting built-in items, forming holes, ducts, pockets, sockets,

mortices and the like, including formwork;

(e) formwork to blinding concrete; (f) underlay and sliding layers of any type. Measurement 12.03 No deduction shall be made for: (a) built-in items, holes, ducts, pockets, sockets, mortices and the

like each not exceeding 0.15 cubic metres in volume;

(b) reinforcement; (c) individual fillets, chamfers, splays, drips, rebates, recesses,

grooves and the like not exceeding 100 millimetres in girth measured on the faces in contact with the formwork;

(d) in the case of concrete with profiled face, any indentations of 100 millimetres total girth or less when measured in contact with the profiled formwork.

Sub-heading PRECAST CONCRETE Measurement 12.04 The term “precast” applies to any concrete unit cast on Site but not in its

final position and to concrete units manufactured off the Site.

Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Precast

concrete” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and install precast copings

and the like of uniform cross section

metre

2. Supply and install precast members, slabs, units and specially moulded blocks

number

3. Supply and install precast prestressed members and units

number

II 1. different types III 1. different sizes IV 1. curved

Page 142: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

142

D. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

12.05 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Precast concrete

Unit

12.05.1 Supply and install precast copings, type I as shown on

Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

metre

12.05.2 Supply and install precast slabs, type A

number

12.05.3 Supply and install precast prestressed members, segmental beam, 5.0m long, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

Item description extension

12.06 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Precast concrete” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) formwork, reinforcement and surface finishes; (b) casting built-in items, forming holes, ducts, pockets, sockets,

mortices and the like;

(c) caulking and sealing between and under units and members; (d) in case of precast prestressed members and units, ducts, tendons

and stressing (including partially stressing) and grouting internal tendons;

(e) in case of precast members and precast prestressed members and the like for incorporation in in-situ post tensioned prestressed construction, forming and installing tendon ducts to profile and sealing, forming recesses in the concrete for anchorages and jack seatings, bearing plates, reinforcing helices, grout inlets, vents and other components, including casting in.

Sub-heading TREATMENT TO FACES OF IN-SITU CONCRETE Notes E. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading

“Treatment to faces of in-situ concrete” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 143: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

143

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision of exposed aggregate

treatment square metre

2. Provision of point tooled treatment square metre 3. Provision of bush hammered

treatment square metre

4. Provision of broken rib treatment square metre 5. Provision of light blasting treatment square metre 6. Provision of heavy blasting treatment square metre 7. Provision of stated treatments square metre F. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

12.07 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Treatment to faces of in-situ concrete

Unit

12.07.1 Provision of exposed aggregate treatment square metre Measurement 12.08 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Treatment to faces

of in-situ concrete” shall be the area of the treated face shown on Drawings, except for concrete faces formed with profiled formwork in which case the measurement shall be the same area as that for the profiled formwork.

Page 144: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

144

Heading

SECTION 13 PRESTRESSING

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

Measurement 13.01 For the purpose of this section 13, a tendon is defined as all the permanent components of a system which imparts a compressive load to a concrete member through a common anchorage or bearing plate.

Sub-heading IN-SITU POST TENSIONED PRESTRESSING

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “In-situ post tensioned prestressing” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply, install, stress and grouting

internal tendons number

2. Supply, install and stress external tendons

number

3. Final stressing and grouting tendons of members supplied partially prestressed

number

II 1. tendons for in-situ concrete

construction

2. tendons for segmental construction III 1. different types of tendon IV 1. longitudinal tendons 2. transverse tendons 3. tendons in any other direction V 1. different stated lengths in range of

tendon

B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Page 145: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

145

Item description and unit

13.02 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

In-situ post tensioned prestressing

Unit

13.02.1 Supply, install, stress and grouting internal tendons, longitudinal prestressing tendons for segmental construction, 37 number of 15.7 mm diameter strand, 70 - 75 m long

number

13.02.2 Supply, install, stress and grouting internal tendons, transverse tendons for in-situ concrete construction, 9 number of 12.9 mm diameter strand, 10 - 15 m long

number

13.02.3 Supply, install and stress external tendons, longitudinal prestressing tendons for segmental construction, 37 number of 12.9 mm diameter strand, 60 – 65 m long

number

13.02.4 Final stressing and grouting tendons of members supplied partially prestressed, 19 number of 15.7 mm diameter strand, 50 – 55 m long

number

Item description extension

13.03 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “In-situ post tensioned prestressing” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) steel bars, cables, wires or strands with couplers, binders,

spacers and the like;

(b) prestressing components, anchorages, sheaths, deviators, bearing plates, reinforcing helices, grout inlets, grout vents and taps, tendon ducts and the like;

(c) protective treatment and painting; (d) forming recesses in the concrete for anchorages and jack seating; (e) applying prestress in one or more stages; (f) releasing tension and re-tensioning.

Measurement 13.04 Lengths of tendons shall be measured along the line of the tendon between the outside faces of those parts of the anchorage units cast into the concrete. Tendons shall be grouped so that no member of the group differs in length from the stated length in range by more than 5 %.

Sub-heading PROTECTIVE COVERING TO EXTERNAL TENDONS

Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Protective covering to external tendons” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 146: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

146

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision of protective covering to

external tendons number

II 1. different types or sizes of external

protective covering

D. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills ofQuantities. The following are typical examples of such itemdescriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

13.05 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Protective covering to external tendons

Unit

13.05.1 Provision of protective covering to external tendons, 37 number of 15.7 mm diameter strand, 140 - 145 m long as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

13.05.2 Provision of protective covering to external tendons, 37 number of 15.7 mm diameter low relaxation supper strand for segmental construction, lengths of tendons exceeding 255 m but not exceeding 260 m as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

Item description extension

13.06 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Protective covering to external tendons” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) tying or bonding to main structure.

Page 147: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

147

Heading

SECTION 14 STEELWORK

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

Sub-heading STEELWORK

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Steelwork” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Fabrication of steelwork tonne 2. Erection of steelwork tonne II 1. rolled steel 2. cast steel 3. cast iron III 1. I, H, U, L, C or Z sections 2. plates 3. hollow sections 4. composite sections 5. stated sections IV 1. different sizes and weights V 1. different grades of steel B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

14.01 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Steelwork

Unit

14.01.1 Fabrication of steelwork, rolled steel, H sections, 305

x 305 x 223 kg/m, steel grade 50C tonne

Page 148: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

148

14.01.2 Erection of steelwork, rolled steel, H sections, 305 x 305 x 223 kg/m, steel grade 50C

tonne

Item description extension

14.02 The item description of the items for “fabrication of steelwork” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) workshop drawings; (b) examining and checking steel for defects and carrying out any

remedial measures in respect thereof;

(c) welding, shear connectors, rivets, bolts, nuts, washers, drifts, cleats and the like required to fabricate, erect and install the steelwork;

(d) spare parts. 14.03 The item description of the items for “erection of steelwork” under this

sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) welding; (b) erection and fixing in position, complete with any concrete cast

on and grouting.

Measurement 14.04 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Steelwork” shall be the total weight of the finished member comprising plates, rolled sections, shear connectors, stiffeners, cleats, packs, splice plates and all fittings, with no allowance for tolerances for rolling margins and other permissible deviations from standard weights, and excluding the weights of weld fillets, bolts, nuts and washers, rivet heads, and protective coatings. No deduction shall be made for splays, notches, holes and the like each not exceeding 0.03 square metres.

14.05 The weight of rolled steel standard sections shall be computed in

accordance with the mass per unit length stated in the relevant standards specified in the Contract and the dimensions shown on Drawings, with no allowance for addition for fillets and overruns for castings.

14.06 The weight of rolled steel, cast steel and cast iron sections where mass per

unit length is not given in the relevant standard specified in the Contract shall be computed from the dimensions shown on Drawings, with no allowance for addition for fillets and overruns for castings, on the following basis:

(a) rolled steel or cast steel, 7850 kilogram per cubic metre; (b) cast iron, 7210 kilogram per cubic metre. Sub-heading TRIAL ERECTION AT THE PLACE OF FABRICATION Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Trial

erection at the place of fabrication” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 149: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

149

Group Feature Unit I 1. Trial erection at the place of

fabrication sum

II 1. rolled steel 2. cast steel 3. cast iron III 1. I, H, U, L, C or Z sections 2. plates 3. hollow sections 4. composite sections 5. stated sections or structures IV 1. different sizes and weights V 1. different grades of steel D. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

14.07 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Trial erection at the place of fabrication

Unit

14.07.1 Trial erection at the place of fabrication, Footbridge

No. 1, main span as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], total weight of steel 500 tonnes, steel grade 50C

sum

Item description extension

14.08 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Trial erection at the place of fabrication” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) erection and fixing in position in any specified sequence; (b) dismantling; (c) modifications and refitting of members as a result of the trial

erection.

Sub-heading CORRUGATED STEEL STRUCTURES Notes E. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading

“Corrugated steel structures” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Page 150: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

150

Group Feature Unit I 1. Fabrication and erection of

corrugated steel structures number

II 1. different types III 1. different sizes IV 1. different thicknesses F. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

14.09 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Corrugated steel structures

Unit

14.09.1 Fabrication and erection of corrugated steel structures,

as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

Item description extension

14.10 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Corrugated steel structures” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) workshop drawings; (b) channels, laps, rivets, bolts, nuts, washers, service bolts, drifts,

cleats and the like required to assemble, fix and install the corrugated steel structures;

(c) spare parts; (d) protective treatment and painting. Sub-heading PROTECTION OF STEELWORK

Notes G. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Protection of steelwork” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 151: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

151

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision of protective systems square metre II 1. different types H. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

14.11 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Protection of steelwork

Unit

14.11.1 Provision of protective systems, galvanised coatings

at a rate of 335 kg/m²

square metre

14.11.2 Provision of protective systems, painting system E square metre Measurement 14.12 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Protection of

steelwork” shall be the external surface area of the steelwork required to be protected.

Page 152: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

152

Heading

SECTION 15 WATERPROOFING

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

Sub-heading WATERPROOFING SYSTEMS

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Waterproofing” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision of waterproofing

systems square metre

2. Protection to waterproofing systems square metre II 1. different types III 1. horizontal surfaces and inclined

surfaces sloping at 45° or less to the horizontal

2. vertical surfaces and surfaces sloping at more than 45° to the horizontal

3. domed surfaces B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

15.01 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Waterproofing systems

Unit

15.01.1 Provision of waterproofing systems, prefabricated sheeting, horizontal surfaces and inclined surfaces sloping at 45° or less to the horizontal

square metre

15.01.2 Provision of waterproofing systems, bituminous paint, vertical surfaces and surfaces sloping at more than 45° to the horizontal

square metre

Page 153: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

153

15.01.3 Protection to waterproofing systems, bentonite panels, vertical surfaces and surfaces sloping at more than 45° to the horizontal

square metre

Measurement 15.02 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Waterproofing systems” shall be the area of the surface covered. No deduction shall be made for openings each not exceeding one square metre.

Page 154: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

154

Heading

SECTION 16 BEARINGS AND MOVEMENT JOINTS

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below initalics and of a unique font of their own are for information only andare not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

Sub-heading BEARINGS

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Bearings” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and install bearings number II 1. different types III 1. different sizes B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

16.01 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Bearings

Unit

16.01.1 Supply and install bearings, guided pot bearing

reference BNB31b

number

16.01.2 Supply and install bearings, free pot bearing reference BNB32p

number

Item description extension

16.02 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Bearings” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) accessories, fixings and fittings; (b) construction of plinths, bedding and grouting, including

concrete, reinforcement and formwork;

(c) protective coatings, marking and painting.

Page 155: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

155

Sub-heading FABRICATED MOVEMENT JOINTS

Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Fabricated movement joints” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and install fabricated

movement joints number

II 1. different types III 1. different lengths D. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

16.03 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Fabricated movement joints

Unit

16.03.1 Supply and install fabricated movement joints, as

shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

16.03.2 Supply and install fabricated movement joints, type 1, 14.00 m long as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

Item description extension

16.04

The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Fabricatedmovement joints” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) accessories, fixings and fittings; (b) cover plates to concrete profile barriers and parapets; (c) forming grooves in pavements, walls above joints, facework and

other surfaces, including sealing;

(d) making good road surface adjoining fabricated movement joints; (e) protective treatment.

Sub-heading MOVEMENT JOINTS FORMED IN PLACE

Notes E. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading

Page 156: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

156

“Movement joints formed in place” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and install joint filler square metre 2. Supply and install joint sealant metre 3. Supply and install compression seal metre 4. Supply and install bearing strip metre 5. Supply and install waterbar metre 6. Supply and install waterstop metre 7. Supply and install dowels number II 1. different types of material III 1. different sizes 2. different thicknesses F. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

16.05 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Movement joints formed in place

Unit

16.05.1 Supply and install joint filler, non-absorbent compressive type, 25 mm thick

square metre

16.05.2 Supply and install joint sealant, hot applied rubber

bitumen type, 20 mm x 30 mm

metre

16.05.3 Supply and install compression seal, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

metre

16.05.4 Supply and install bearing strip, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

metre

16.05.5 Supply and install waterbar, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

metre

16.05.6 Supply and install waterstop, PVC center bulb type, 250 mm wide

metre

Page 157: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

157

16.05.7 Supply and install dowels, galvanised mild steel dowel, 25 mm diameter, 800 mm long

number

Item description extension

16.06 The item description of the items for “supply and install joint filler” and “supply and install joint sealant” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) bond breaker tape or PVC capping strip; (b) forming, cutting or sealing grooves. 16.07 The item description of the items for “supply and install dowels” under

this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) drilling in any material and grouting; (b) protective treatment and painting. Measurement 16.08 The measurement of the items for “supply and install compression seal”,

“supply and install bearing strip”, “supply and install waterbar” and“supply and install waterstop” under this sub-heading shall be the length along its axis.

Page 158: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

158

Heading

SECTION 17 MARINE WORKS

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

Measurement 17.01 Marine structures and submarine outfalls, if any, shall be measured in accordance with the Preamble and the relevant sections for Earthworks, Drainage and Ducts, Pipework, Formwork, Steel Reinforcement andConcrete of the Method of Measurement and shall not be measured under this section 17.

Sub-heading DREDGING

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Dredging” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Dredging by whatsoever means cubic metre 2. Dredging, blasting not permitted

under the Contract cubic metre

3. Redredging of surcharge material cubic metre B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

17.02 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Dredging

Unit

17.02.1 Dredging by whatsoever means

cubic metre

17.02.2 Dredging, blasting not permitted under the Contract

cubic metre

17.02.3 Redredging of surcharge material cubic metre Item description extension

17.03 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Dredging” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) initial and final surveys;

Page 159: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

159

(b) marking the Site with flags, marker buoys and lights; (c) provision, maintenance and removal of temporary tide gauges; (d) dredging in all types of material and disposal of the dredged

materials, including in the case of rock or artificial hard materials, breaking up and getting out;

(e) trimming to dredging profiles; (f) removing any siltage deposited prior to filling; (g) dredging outside the dredging profile. Measurement 17.04 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Dredging” shall be

the volume of the void formed by the removal of materials to the dredging profile as defined in the Contract.

Sub-heading DEPOSITION OF FILL MATERIALS FOR MARINE

STRUCTURES AND RECLAMATION

Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Deposition of fill materials for marine structures and reclamation” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Deposition of underwater fill materials cubic metre 2. Deposition of rock fill materials cubic metre 3. Deposition of stated types of fill

material cubic metre

II 1. in seawall foundations 2. in breakwaters 3. in stated marine structures 4. in reclamation III 1. different types of material 2. different grades of material IV 1. materials from excavation on Site 2. materials provided by the

Contractor

3. materials provided and delivered by others

4. materials provided by others and collected by the Contractor

V 1. different sources or points of

collection

D. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of

Page 160: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

160

Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

17.05 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Deposition of fill materials for marine structures and reclamation

Unit

17.05.1 Deposition of rock fill materials, in seawall foundations, Grade 200, materials provided by the Contractor

cubic metre

17.05.2 Deposition of sand, in reclamation, materials provided by others and collected by the Contractor from Area A

cubic metre

Item description extension

17.06 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Deposition of fill materials for marine structures and reclamation” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) initial and final surveys; (b) marking the Site with flags, marker buoys and lights; (c) provision, maintenance and removal of temporary tide gauges; (d) compaction of fill materials; (e) selection, separation and processing of materials; (f) additional fill materials to replace fill materials lost by settlement

of or penetration into the underlying materials;

(g) consolidation of fill materials; (h) trimming to specified profiles; (i) removal and disposal of any unsuitable overburden materials or

materials deposited by siltage prior to filling subsequent layers;

(j) filling of any void caused by overdredging or any other fill outside the fill profile.

Measurement 17.07 The measurement of the items for deposition of fill materials in reclamation

under this sub-heading shall be the fill materials deposited below +2.50 metres P.D. Deposition of fill materials above +2.50 metres P.D. shall be measured under section 7 (Earthworks) of the Method of Measurement.

17.08 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Deposition of fill materials for marine structures and reclamation” shall be the volume of the fill materials formed within the fill profiles as defined in the Contract.

Sub-heading ROCK ARMOUR

Notes E. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Rock armour” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 161: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

161

Group Feature Unit I 1. Deposition of rock armour cubic metre II 1. different types III 1. for breakwaters 2. for revetments 3. for stated marine structures F. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

17.09 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Rock armour

Unit

17.09.1 Deposition of rock armour, type 1, for breakwaters cubic metre Item description extension

17.10

The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Rock armour”shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) initial and final surveys; (b) marking the Site with flags, marker buoys and lights; (c) provision, maintenance and removal of temporary tide gauges; (d) selection, separation and processing of materials; (e) allowance for settlement and displacement of the underlying

materials.

Sub-heading LEVELLING COURSE

Notes G. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Levelling course” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and lay levelling course square metre II 1. different thicknesses

Page 162: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

162

H. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

17.11 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Levelling course

Unit

17.11.1 Supply and lay levelling course, 150 mm thick square metre Item description extension

17.12 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Levelling course”shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) compaction of materials; (b) trimming. Measurement 17.13 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Levelling course”

shall be the plan area of the levelling course as shown on Drawings.

Sub-heading BERMSTONES

Notes I. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Bermstones” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and lay bermstones square metre II 1. different sizes III 1. different thicknesses J. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

17.14 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 163: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

163

Item description Bermstones

Unit

17.14.1 Supply and lay bermstones, one tonne in size, 600 mm

thick square metre

Item description extension

17.15 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Bermstones” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) initial and final surveys; (b) marking the Site with flags, marker buoys and lights; (c) provision, maintenance and removal of temporary tide gauges; (d) selection, separation and processing of materials; (e) trimming; (f) allowance for settlement and displacement of the underlying

materials;

(g) filling the cavities beneath and between bermstones. Measurement 17.16 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Bermstones” shall

be the plan area of the bermstones as shown on Drawings.

Sub-heading FENDERING

Notes K. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Fendering” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and install timber fendering cubic metre 2. Supply and install rubber fendering number 3. Supply and install stated types of

fendering number

II 1. different types L. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

17.17 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Fendering

Unit

17.17.1 Supply and install timber fendering, type 1

cubic metre

Page 164: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

164

17.17.2 Supply and install rubber fendering, type 2

number

17.17.3 Supply and install type 3 fendering number Item description extension

17.18 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Fendering” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) accessories, fixings and fittings; (b) protective treatment and painting. Measurement 17.19 The measurement of the items for “supply and install timber fendering”

under this sub-heading shall be the total volume of timber as shown on Drawings with no deduction made for bolt holes, notches and the like.

17.20 The measurement of the items for “supply and install rubber fendering”

and “supply and install stated types of fendering” under this sub-heading shall be of the complete fender as shown on Drawings.

Sub-heading

MARINE FITTINGS

Notes M. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Marine fittings” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and install mooring eyes number 2. Supply and install bollards number 3. Supply and install tide gauges number 4. Supply and install stated marine

fittings number

II 1. different types III 1. different sizes N. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

17.21 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Marine fittings

Unit

17.21.1 Supply and install mooring eyes, as shown on

Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

Page 165: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

165

17.21.2 Supply and install bollards, as shown on Drawing

No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

17.21.3 Supply and install tide gauges, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

Item description extension

17.22 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Marine fittings”shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) casting or fixing into structures; (b) protective treatment and painting; (c) reinstatement; (d) in the case of bollards, reinforcement, concrete plinth, filling

metal collar with concrete.

Measurement 17.23 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Marine fittings”

shall be for the complete fitting as shown on Drawings.

Page 166: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

166

Heading

SECTION 18 TUNNELLING

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

ii No separate items are provided for “probing ahead” under this section 18. Where probing ahead is specifically required by the Engineer during excavation for tunnel works, it should be dealt with as a variation.

Measurement 18.01 Tunnels constructed by cut and cover methods, if any, shall be measured in accordance with the Preamble and other relevant sections of the Method of Measurement and shall not be measured under this section 18.

Sub-heading TEMPORARY TUNNELLING FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Temporary tunnelling facilities and equipment” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision, maintenance and removal

of temporary ventilation sum

2. Provision, maintenance and removal of temporary lighting

sum

3. Provision, maintenance and removal of temporary fire protection measures

sum

4. Provision, maintenance and removal of temporary communication system

sum

5. Provision, setting up and removal of tunnel excavation equipment

sum

B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

18.02 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 167: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

167

Item description Temporary tunnelling facilities and equipment

Unit

18.02.1 Provision, maintenance and removal of temporary

ventilation

sum

18.02.2 Provision, maintenance and removal of temporary lighting

sum

18.02.3 Provision, maintenance and removal of temporary fire protection measures

sum

18.02.4 Provision, maintenance and removal of temporary communication system

sum

18.02.5 Provision, setting up and removal of tunnel excavation equipment

sum

Sub-heading EXCAVATION Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading

“Excavation” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1 Excavation in tunnel by

whatsoever means metre

2. Excavation in shaft by whatsoever means

metre

3. Excavation for stated chamber by whatsoever means

cubic metre

II 1. for different types of lining III 1. straight 2. curved D. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

18.03 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 168: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

168

Item description Excavation

Unit

18.03.1 Excavation in tunnel by whatsoever means, for

in-situ concrete lining type A, curved

metre

18.03.2 Excavation in shaft by whatsoever means, for preformed segmental lining type B

metre

18.03.3 Excavation for chamber No. 1 by whatsoever means, for in-situ concrete lining type C

cubic metre

Item description extension

18.04 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Excavation”shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) temporary drainage, protection and support; (c) probing ahead or radially; (d) formation, maintenance and reinstatement of temporary access

tunnels and shafts;

(e) preparation and submission of records to the Engineer. Measurement 18.05 The measurement of the items for “excavation in tunnel by whatsoever

means” and “excavation in shaft by whatsoever means” under this sub-heading shall be the length of the lining of a particular type as shown on Drawings or ordered by the Engineer.

Sub-heading IN-SITU CONCRETE LINING

Notes E. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “In-situ concrete lining” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Construction of in-situ concrete

lining in tunnel metre

2. Construction of in-situ concrete lining in shaft

metre

3. Construction of in-situ concrete lining in stated chamber

cubic metre

II 1. different types III 1. different grades of concrete IV 1. straight 2. curved

Page 169: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

169

F. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

18.06 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

In-situ concrete lining

Unit

18.06.1 Construction of in-situ concrete lining in tunnel, type A, grade 40/20, straight

metre

18.06.2 Construction of in-situ concrete lining in shaft, type B, grade 40/20

metre

18.06.3 Construction of in-situ concrete lining in chamber No. 1, type C, grade 40/20

cubic metre

Item description extension

18.07 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “In-situ concrete lining” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) weep pipes, grout pipes, pipe sleeves and the like; (b) waterbars and waterstops; (c) forming holes, ducts, pockets, sockets, mortices and the like; (d) waterproofing; (e) formwork; (f) reinforcement; (g) drainage pipes and filter layers; (h) grouting; (i) chainage and level marks. Measurement 18.08 The measurement of the items for “construction of in-situ concrete

lining in tunnel” and “construction of in-situ concrete lining in shaft”under this sub-heading shall be the length along its axis. At junctions, measurement shall terminate at the external face of the lining to the adjoining tunnel or shaft.

18.09 The measurement of the items for “construction of in-situ concrete lining in stated chamber” under this sub-heading shall be the difference between the volume of the concrete lining at the stated chamber indicated on Drawings and the volume of the regular in-situ concrete lining as shown on Drawings.

Sub-heading PREFORMED SEGMENTAL LINING

Notes G. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Preformed segmental lining” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 170: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

170

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and install precast

reinforced concrete segmental lining metre

2. Supply and install steel segmental lining

metre

3. Supply and install cast iron segmental lining

metre

4. Supply and install ductile iron segmental lining

metre

II 1. different types or sizes III 1. in tunnel 2. in shaft IV 1. straight 2. curved H. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

18.10 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Preformed segmental lining

Unit

18.10.1 Supply and install precast reinforced concrete

segmental lining, type A, in tunnel, straight

metre

18.10.2 Supply and install steel segmental lining, size B, in tunnel, curved

metre

18.10.3 Supply and install cast iron segmental lining, type C, in shaft

metre

18.10.4 Supply and install ductile iron segmental lining, size D, in shaft

metre

Item description extension

18.11

The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Preformed segmental lining” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) formwork; (b) waterproofing; (c) forming holes, ducts, pockets, sockets, mortices and the like; (d) erection and fixing in position; (e) steelwork;

Page 171: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

171

(f) drainage pipes and filter layers; (g) grouting; (h) protective treatment and painting; (i) chainage and level marks. Measurement 18.12 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Preformed

segmental lining” shall be the length along its axis. At junctions,measurement shall terminate at the external face of the lining to the adjoining tunnel or shaft.

Sub-heading STEEL LINING

Notes I. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Steel lining” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Construction of steel lining metre II 1. different thicknesses III 1. different diameters IV 1. different grades of steel V 1. in tunnel 2. in shaft VI 1. straight 2. curved J. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

18.13 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Steel lining

Unit

18.13.1 Construction of steel lining, __ mm thick, __ mm

diameter, steel grade A, in tunnel, curved

metre

18.13.2 Construction of steel lining, __ mm thick, __ mm diameter, steel grade B, in shaft

metre

Page 172: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

172

Item description extension

18.14 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Steel lining”shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) protective treatment and painting; (b) chainage and level marks; (c) internal lining to steel. Measurement 18.15 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Steel lining” shall

be the length measured along its axis. At junctions, measurement shall terminate at the external face of the lining to the adjoining tunnel or shaft.

Sub-heading CONCRETE SURROUND TO STEEL LINING

Notes K. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Concrete surround to steel lining” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Construction of concrete surround metre II 1. different grades III 1. to different diameters of steel lining IV 1. in tunnel 2. in shaft V 1. straight 2. curved L. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

18.16 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Concrete surround to steel lining

Unit

18.16.1 Construction of concrete surround, grade 30/20, to __

mm diameter steel lining, in tunnel, curved

metre

Page 173: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

173

18.16.2 Construction of concrete surround, grade 30/20, to __ mm diameter steel lining, in shaft

metre

Item description extension

18.17 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Concrete surround to steel lining” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) weep pipes, grout pipes, pipe sleeves and the like; (b) waterbars and waterstops;; (c) forming holes, ducts, pockets, sockets, mortices and the like; (d) waterproofing; (e) formwork; (f) reinforcement; (g) drainage pipes and filter layers; (h) grouting; (i) chainage and level marks. Measurement 18.18 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Concrete

surround to steel lining” shall be the length of steel lining surround measured along the axis of the steel lining. At junctions, measurement shall terminate at the external face of the adjoining tunnel or shaft lining.

Sub-heading SPRAYED CONCRETE

Notes M. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Sprayed concrete” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and cast sprayed concrete square metre II 1. different grades III 1. different thicknesses of layer IV 1. with steel fibres of different

dosages

2. with fabric reinforcement of different types

V 1. to tunnel 2. to shaft 3. to stated chamber N. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Page 174: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

174

Item description and unit

18.19 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Sprayed concrete

Unit

18.19.1 Supply and cast sprayed concrete, grade 25D, in 25 mm thick layers, reinforced with steel fibres at __kg per cubic metre, to tunnel

square metre

18.19.2 Supply and cast sprayed concrete, grade 25D, in 25 mm thick layers, reinforced with fabric reinforcement type A, to shaft

square metre

Item description extension

18.20 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Sprayed concrete” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) anchor bars; (b) formwork; (c) weepholes and filter materials. Measurement 18.21 The items under the sub-heading “Sprayed concrete” shall only be

measured if ordered by the Engineer and if they do not form part of a tunnel lining or junction measured under another item.

18.22 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Sprayed

concrete” shall be the surface area of the face to be covered. No allowance shall be made for surface irregularities or other local peculiarities.

Sub-heading

STEEL ARCH RIBS AND INVERT STRUTS

Notes O. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Steel arch ribs and invert struts” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and install steel arch ribs tonne 2. Supply and install steel invert struts tonne II 1. different types III 1. different grades of steel P. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the

Page 175: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

175

Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

18.23 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Steel arch ribs and invert struts

Unit

18.23.1 Supply and install steel arch ribs, type D, steel grade

43

tonne

18.23.2 Supply and install steel invert struts, type E, steel grade 43

tonne

Item description extension

18.24 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Steel arch ribs and invert struts” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) detailed working drawings; (b) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (c) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (d) protective treatment and painting. Measurement 18.25 The items under the sub-heading “Steel arch ribs and invert struts”

shall only be measured if ordered by the Engineer and if they do not form part of a tunnel lining measured under another item.

18.26 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Steel arch ribs

and invert struts” shall be the total weight of the ribs or strutsexcluding the weights of base plates, bolts, nuts, washers, spacer bars and the like. No deduction shall be made for bolt holes.

Sub-heading JUNCTIONS

Notes Q. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Junctions” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Construction of junctions number II 1. between tunnels with stated types

of lining

2. between tunnel with stated type of lining and shaft with stated type of lining

3. between different stated types of lining

R. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and

Page 176: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

176

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

18.27 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Junctions

Unit

18.27.1 Construction of junctions, between tunnels with

in-situ concrete lining and pre-cast reinforced concrete segmental lining

number

18.27.2 Construction of junctions, between tunnel with steel segmental lining and shaft with cast iron segmental lining

number

18.27.3 Construction of junctions, between in-situ concrete lining and pre-cast reinforced concrete segmental lining

number

Item description extension

18.28 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Junctions”shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) supply, install and construct all types of lining including

concrete surround to steel lining;

(c) sprayed concrete.

Page 177: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

177

Heading

SECTION 19 GEOTECHNICAL WORKS

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

ii Where items for “soil nails” and “erosion control” under this section 19 are included in the Contract, the corresponding Particular Specification Clauses should also be included.

Measurement 19.01 Buttresses, if any, shall be measured in accordance with the Preamble andthe relevant sections for Earthworks, Formwork, Steel Reinforcement andConcrete of the Method of Measurement and shall not be measured under this section 19.

Sub-heading SLOPE INSPECTION FACILITIES

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Slope inspection facilities” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision, maintenance and removal

of inspection scaffolding square metre

2. Stripping of slope surfaces square metre B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

19.02 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Slope inspection facilities

Unit

19.02.1 Provision, maintenance and removal of inspection scaffolding

square metre

19.02.2 Stripping of slope surfaces square metre

Item description extension

19.03 The item description of the items for “provision, maintenance and removal of inspection scaffolding” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

Page 178: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

178

(a) safety ropes and harnesses; (b) platforms, ramps, protection fences and barriers.

19.04 The item description of the items for “stripping of slope surfaces” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material, including but not limited to topsoil and existing impermeable surfaces of any kind;

(b) temporary protection of stripped areas; (c) reinstatement. Measurement 19.05 The measurement of the items for “provision, maintenance and removal

of inspection scaffolding” under this sub-heading shall be the surface area of the face to be covered by the scaffolding. No allowance shall be made for surface irregularities or other local peculiarities.

19.06 The items for “provision, maintenance and removal of inspection scaffolding” under this sub-heading shall only be measured if ordered by the Engineer.

19.07 The measurement of the items for “stripping of slope surfaces” under this sub-heading shall be the surface area of the area or face ordered to be stripped. No allowance shall be made for surface irregularities or other local peculiarities.

19.08 The items for “stripping of slope surfaces” under this sub-heading shall only be measured if it is required to be carried out in a separate operation prior to excavation or slope treatment works for slope inspection purpose where no further excavation works is required, or if ordered by the Engineer.

Sub-heading ROCK SLOPE TREATMENT WORKS

Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Rock slope treatment works” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Scaling and trimming of rock slopes square metre 2. Splitting of rock square metre 3. Removal of boulders cubic metre 4. Sealing and infilling of rock joints cubic metre 5. Supply and fix protective mesh for

slopes square metre

II 1. different types of mesh

Page 179: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

179

D. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

19.09 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Rock slope treatment works

Unit

19.09.1 Scaling and trimming of rock slopes square metre

19.09.2 Splitting of rock square metre

19.09.3 Removal of boulders cubic metre

19.09.4 Sealing and infilling of rock joints, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

cubic metre

19.09.5 Supply and fix protective with mesh for slopes, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

square metre

Item description extension

19.10 The item description of the items for “scaling and trimming of rock slopes”, “splitting of rock” and “removal of boulders” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material.

19.11 The item description of the items for “sealing and infilling of rock joints”under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material, including but not limited to materials in the joints and existing unsuitable infill;

(b) weepholes and filter materials; (c) infilling or sealing materials including but not limited to

concrete, cement mortar and masonry.

Measurement 19.12 The measurement of the items for “scaling and trimming of rock slopes”

and “splitting of rock” under this sub-heading shall be the surface area of the face to be treated as ordered by the Engineer. No allowance shall be made for surface irregularities or other local peculiarities.

19.13 The measurement of the items for “removal of boulders” under this

sub-heading shall be the portion of rocks or boulders, other than those required to be cut back in the Contract, which are ordered to be removed by the Engineer. Only rocks or boulders on slope surface that cannot be removed without the use of powered mechanical equipment and exceeding 0.2 cubic metres before removal shall be measured. No measurementshall be made for overbreak.

Page 180: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

180

19.14 The measurement of the items for “sealing and infilling of rock joints”under this sub-heading shall be the volume of materials used for filling and sealing the rock joints and shall only be made if ordered by the Engineer.

19.15 The measurement of the items for “supply and fix protective mesh for slopes” under this sub-heading shall be the surface area of the face to beprotected. No allowance shall be made for surface irregularities or other local peculiarities. No deduction shall be made for openings each not exceeding one square metre.

Sub-heading RELIEF DRAINS

Notes E. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Relief drains” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and fix relief drains metre II 1. different sizes III 1. different locations F. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

19.16 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Relief drains

Unit

19.16.1 Supply and fix relief drains, 200 mm wide metre Item description extension

19.17 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Relief drains”shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material, including but not limited to materials from joints, faults and discontinuities;

(b) trial length of relief drains; (c) weepholes and filter materials; (d) connecting to weepholes and outlets.

Page 181: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

181

Measurement 19.18 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Relief drains” shall

be along the centreline of the relief drain installed.

Sub-heading RAKING DRAINS

Notes G. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Raking drains” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision and removal of rigs sum 2. Setting up rigs number 3. Drilling for raking drains metre 4. Supply and install raking drains metre II 1. vertically downwards 2. downwards at an angle 0° - 45° to the

vertical

3. horizontally or downwards at an angle less than 45° to the horizontal

4. upwards at an angle 0° - 45° to the horizontal

5. upwards at an angle less than 45° to the vertical

III 1. different diameters IV 1. different types of raking drain V 1. length not exceeding 25.00 m 2. length exceeding 25.00 m but not

exceeding 40.00 m and so on in steps of 15.00 m

H. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

19.19 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Raking drains

Unit

19.19.1 Provision and removal of rigs sum

Page 182: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

182

19.19.2 Setting up rigs number

19.19.3 Drilling for raking drains, upwards at an angle 0° - 45° to the horizontal, 55 mm diameter, length not exceeding 25.00 m

metre

19.19.4 Supply and install raking drains, upwards at an angle 0° - 45° to the horizontal, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], Type 2, length exceeding 25.00 m but not exceeding 40.00 m

metre

Item description extension

19.20

The item description of the items for “provision and removal of rigs”under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) provision and removal of all ancillary equipment. 19.21 The item description of the items for “setting up rigs” under this

sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) moving rigs and all ancillary equipment set up between hole locations;

(b) relocation of drain hole locations as instructed by the Engineer; (c) site clearance and reinstatement. 19.22 The item description of the items for “drilling for raking drains” under

this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) sampling for undistributed soil samples and rock cores; (b) disposal of any material. Measurement 19.23 The measurement of the items for “provision and removal of rigs” under

this sub-heading shall be for bringing rigs and all ancillary equipment to the Site and their subsequent removal off the Site.

19.24

The measurement of the items for “setting up rigs” under this sub-headingshall correspond to the number of drain holes as shown on Drawings or ordered by the Engineer.

19.25 The measurement of the items for “drilling for raking drains” under this sub-heading shall be the drilled length of the drain holes.

19.26 The measurement of the items for “supply and install raking drains”

under this sub-heading shall be the length of the raking drains installed.

19.27 If the length of a raking drain installed in accordance with the contract requirement is outside the length ranges of the corresponding items provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

Page 183: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

183

Sub-heading PREFABRICATED BAND DRAINS

Notes I. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Prefabricated band drains” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision and removal of rigs sum 2. Setting up rigs number 3. Supply and install prefabricated

band drains metre

II 1. length not exceeding 10.00 m 2. length exceeding 10.00 m but not

exceeding 20.00 m and so on in steps of 10.00 m

J. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

19.28 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Prefabricated band drains

Unit

19.28.1 Provision and removal of rigs sum

19.28.2 Setting up rigs number

19.28.3 Supply and install prefabricated band drains, length not exceeding 10.00 m

metre

Item description extension

19.29 The item description of the items for “provision and removal of rigs”under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) provision and removal of all ancillary equipment. 19.30 The item description of the items for “setting up rigs” under this

sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) moving rigs and all ancillary equipment set up between drain locations;

(b) site clearance and reinstatement.

Page 184: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

184

Measurement 19.31 The measurement of the items for “provision and removal of rigs” under this sub-heading shall be for bringing rigs and all ancillary equipment to the Site and their subsequent removal off the Site.

19.32 The measurement of the items for “setting up rigs” under this sub-heading

shall correspond to the number of prefabricated band drains as shown on Drawings or ordered by the Engineer.

19.33 If the length of a prefabricated band drain installed in accordance with the contract requirement is outside the length ranges of the corresponding items provided in the bills, such work shall be deemed to be an item omitted from the Bills of Quantities stated under GCC Clause 59(3).

Sub-heading GROUTING FOR GEOTECHNICAL WORKS

Notes K. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Grouting for geotechnical works” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit

I 1. Provision, setting up and removal of

drilling and grouting plants sum

2. Drilling for geotechnical works metre 3. Grouting with cement tonne 4. Grouting with silicate based

chemicals tonne

5. Grouting with stated chemicals tonne II 1. vertically downwards 2. downwards at an angle 0° - 45° to the

vertical

3. horizontally or downwards at an angle less than 45° to the horizontal

4. upwards at an angle 0° - 45° to the horizontal

5. upwards at an angle less than 45° to the vertical

III 1. in rock or artificial hard materials 2. in materials other than rock or

artificial hard materials

IV 1. from the surfaces 2. from the tunnels L. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Page 185: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

185

Item description and unit

19.34 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Grouting for geotechnical works

Unit

19.34.1 Provision, setting up and removal of drilling and grouting plants

sum

19.34.2 Drilling for geotechnical works, vertically downwards, in rock or artificial hard materials, from the surfaces

metre

19.34.3 Grouting with cement tonne

19.34.4 Grouting with silicate based chemicals tonne

Item description extension

19.35 The item description of the items for “provision, setting up and removalof drilling and grouting plants” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) provision and removal of all ancillary equipment including but not limited to pumps, mixers and the like;

(b) moving drilling and grouting plants and all ancillary equipmentset up between hole locations;

(c) relocation of grout hole locations as instructed by the Engineer; (d) site clearance and reinstatement. 19.36 The item description of the items for “drilling for geotechnical works”

under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) modifying the drilling pattern to take into account locations of underground utilities and obstructions and redrilling;

(b) standpipes and capping pipes; (c) disposal of any material; (d) reinstatement. 19.37 The item description of the items for “grouting with cement”, “grouting

with silicate based chemicals” and “grouting with stated chemicals”under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) making good grout holes after grouting; (b) dealing with loss or leakage of grout; (c) monitoring of grouting operations.

Measurement 19.38 The items under the sub-heading “Grouting for geotechnical works” shall only be measured if ordered by the Engineer.

19.39 The measurement of the items for “drilling for geotechnical works” under this sub-heading shall be the drilled length of the grout holes.

Page 186: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

186

19.40 The measurement of the items for “grouting with cement”, “grouting with silicate based chemicals” and “grouting with stated chemicals”under this sub-heading shall be the dry weight of the cement or chemicalsin the grout solution.

Sub-heading ROCK DOWELS

Notes M. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Rock dowels” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and install rock dowels number

II 1.

different types of material

III 1. different diameters and lengths of

dowel

N. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

19.41 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Rock dowels

Unit

19.41.1 Supply and install rock dowels, high yield steel, 16 mm diameter, 2000 mm long

number

Item description extension

19.42 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Rock dowels”shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) drilling in any material and grouting; (b) protective treatment and painting.

Sub-heading

ROCK BOLTS

Notes O. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Rock bolts” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 187: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

187

Group Feature Unit I 1 Provision and removal of rigs sum 2. Setting up rigs number 3. Supply and install rock bolts number II 1. different types III 1. different free lengths IV 1. different working loads P. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

19.43 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Rock bolts

Unit

19.43.1 Provision and removal of rigs sum

19.43.2 Setting up rigs number

19.43.3 Supply and install rock bolts, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], 1000 mm free length, 100 kN working load

number

Item description extension

19.44 The item description of the items for “provision and removal of rigs”under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) provision and removal of all ancillary equipment. 19.45 The item description of the items for “setting up rigs” under this

sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) moving rigs and all ancillary equipment set up; (b) relocation of rock bolt locations as instructed by the Engineer; (c) site clearance and reinstatement. 19.46 The item description of the items for “supply and install rock bolts” under

this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) drilling in any material and grouting;

Page 188: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

188

(b) reinforcement, formwork and concrete; (c) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (d) protective treatment and painting; (e) stressing, proving and re-stressing of rock bolts; (f) construction of rock bolts for pull-out trials and subsequent

removal and reinstatement as instructed by the Engineer.

Measurement 19.47 The measurement of the items for “provision and removal of rigs” under

this sub-heading shall be for bringing rigs and all ancillary equipment to the Site and their subsequent removal off the Site.

19.48 The measurement of the items for “setting up rigs” under this sub-heading

shall correspond to the number of rock bolts as shown on Drawings or ordered by the Engineer.

Sub-heading SURFACE PROTECTION

Notes Q. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Surface protection” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision of chunam for surface

protection square metre

2. Provision of sprayed concrete for surface protection

square metre

II 1. different thicknesses of layer III 1. different grades of concrete IV 1. with steel fabric reinforcement of

different BS references

V 1. different colouring methods R. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

19.49 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 189: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

189

Item description Surface protection

Unit

19.49.1 Provision of chunam for surface protection, 50 mm thick

square metre

19.49.2 Provision of sprayed concrete for surface protection, 150mm thick, Grade 20 concrete, with 1 layer of A252 mesh, with painting as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

square metre

Item description extension

19.50 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Surface protection” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) weepholes and filter materials; (b) dowels; (c) formwork. Measurement 19.51 The items under the sub-heading “Surface protection” shall only be

measured if ordered by the Engineer or shown on Drawings and shall be measured as the surface area of the face to be covered. No allowance shall be made for surface irregularities or other local peculiarities. No deduction shall be made for holes and the like each not exceeding 0.1square metres.

Sub-heading GROUNDWATER CONTROL AND DRAWDOWN

Notes S. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Groundwater control and drawdown” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Dewatering sum 2. Arrange and conduct groundwater

recharge sum

II 1. different locations T. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

19.52 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 190: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

190

Item description Groundwater control and drawdown

Unit

19.52.1 Dewatering, at location A sum

19.52.2 Arrange and conduct groundwater recharge, at location B

sum

Item description extension

19.53 The item description of the items for “dewatering” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) discharging of water; (b) silt-traps; (c) monitoring of groundwater levels and ground movement. 19.54 The item description of the items for “arrange and conduct groundwater

recharge” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) supply of water; (b) monitoring of groundwater levels and ground movement. Measurement 19.55 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Groundwater

control and drawdown” shall be for the complete installation and operation and shall only be measured if ordered by the Engineer.

Sub-heading SOIL NAILS

Notes U. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Soil nails” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision and removal of rigs for

soil nails construction and pull-out tests

sum

2. Setting up rigs for soil nails construction and pull-out tests

number

3. Construction of soil nails number 4. Arrange and conduct pull-out tests number 5. Extra over for permanent steel

casing metre

6. Extra over for grouting of soil nails with excessive grout loss

cubic metre

7. Extra over for enlarged soil nail heads

number

II 1. different types

Page 191: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

191

Group Feature Unit III 1. different thicknesses of permanent

steel casing

2. different size of enlarged soil nail heads

IV 1. different diameters of bar V 1. different lengths VI 1. different diameters of hole VII 1. vertically downwards 2. horizontally or downwards at an

angle less than 45° to the horizontal

V. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

19.56 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Soil nails

Unit

19.56.1 Provision and removal of rigs for soil nails construction and pull-out tests

sum

19.56.2 Setting up rigs for soil nails construction and pull-out tests

number

19.56.3 Construction of soil nails, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], 25 mm diameter bar, 10.00 m in length in hole of 100 mm diameter, horizontally at an angle less than 45° to the horizontal

number

19.56.4 Arrange and conduct pull-out tests number

19.56.5 Extra over for permanent steel casing, minimum 6 mm thick

metre

19.56.6 Extra over for grouting of soil nails with excessive grout loss

cubic metre

Item description extension

19.57 The item description of the items for “provision and removal of rigs forsoil nails construction and pull-out tests” under this sub-heading shall be

Page 192: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

192

extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) provision and removal of all ancillary equipment. 19.58 The item description of the items for “setting up rigs for soil nails

construction and pull-out tests” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) moving rigs and all ancillary equipment set up between hole locations;

(b) relocation of hole locations as instructed by the Engineer; (c) site clearance and reinstatement. 19.59 The item description of the items for “construction of soil nails” under this

sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) drilling in any material and grouting; (b) reinforcement, formwork and concrete; (c) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (d) protective treatment and painting; (e) uncover soil nail heads for examination /re-examination by the

Engineer as specified, re-construct soil nail heads after examination /re-examination;

(f) reinstatement. 19.60 The item description of the items for “arrange and conduct pull-out tests”

under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) construction of soil nails for testing; (b) re-testing; (c) grouting; (d) reinstatement. 19.61 The item description of the items for “extra over for permanent steel

casing” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material. 19.62 The item description of the items for “extra over for grouting of soil nails

with excessive grout loss” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) monitoring of grouting operations.

Measurement 19.63 The measurement of the items for “provision and removal of rigs for soil nails construction and pull-out tests” under this sub-heading shall be for bringing the rigs and all ancillary equipment to the Site and their subsequent removal off the Site.

Page 193: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

193

19.64 The measurement of the items for “setting up rigs for soil nailsconstruction and pull-out tests” under this sub-heading shall correspond to the number of soil nails constructed and the number of soil nails for pull-out tests as shown on Drawings or ordered by the Engineer.

19.65 The measurement of the items for “arrange and conduct pull-out tests”under this sub-heading shall be the number of pull-out tests ordered by the Engineer.

19.66 The measurement of the items for “extra over for permanent steel casing” under this sub-heading shall be the length of the casing permanently embedded in the ground as shown on Drawings or ordered by the Engineer.

19.67 The items for “extra over for grouting of soil nails with excessive grout loss” under this sub-heading shall only be measured if ordered by the Engineer. The measurement shall be the volume of grout used for filling the drilled hole after a volume of grout exceeding the threshold volume of grout injected as specified in the Contract or ordered by the Engineer.

Sub-heading EROSION CONTROL

Notes W. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Erosion control” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and install wire meshes square metre 2. Supply and install mats square metre II 1. different types X. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

19.68 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Erosion control

Unit

19.68.1 Supply and install wire meshes, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

square metre

19.68.2 Supply and install mats, polyethylene type square metre

Page 194: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

194

Item description extension

19.69

The item description of the items for “supply and install mats” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) infilling voids within mats with filling materials. Measurement 19.70 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Erosion control”

shall be the surface area to be covered. No allowance shall be made for surface irregularities or other local peculiarities.

Page 195: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

195

Heading

SECTION 22 BRICKWORK, BLOCKWORK AND MASONRY

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

Sub-heading BRICKWORK AND BLOCKWORK

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Brickwork and blockwork” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Construction of brickwork square metre 2. Construction of blockwork square metre II 1. different types III 1. different thicknesses IV 1. different bonds V 1. curved on plan VI 1. with a battered face VII 1. in walls 2. in facework 3. in columns and piers 4. in arches B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Page 196: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

196

Item description and unit

22.01 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Brickwork and blockwork

Unit

22.01.1 Construction of brickwork, 200 x 100 x 75 mm clay

brick in cement mortar, 100 mm thick, stretcher bond, in walls

square metre

22.01.2 Construction of brickwork, 200 x 100 x 75 mm clay brick in cement mortar, 200 mm thick, English bond, in walls

square metre

22.01.3 Construction of blockwork, 190 x 190 x 390 concrete blocks in cement mortar, 190 mm thick, stretcher bond, in walls

square metre

Item description extension

22.02 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Brickwork and blockwork” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) brick copings, bands, plinths, corbels, sills, bull-noses and the

like;

(b) wall ties, dowels, mortar and the like or other fixing devices; (c) bonding into existing work; (d) reinforcement; (e) filling the cavity between the brickwork, blockwork and the

backing and finishing of joints;

(f) building in doors, windows, louvres and the like, and forming openings;

(g) damp proof courses. Measurement 22.03 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Brickwork and

blockwork” shall be the length or girth along the centreline multiplied by the vertical height stating the thickness, or in the case of walls with battered faces, stating the average thickness. No deduction shall be made for openings each not exceeding 0.10 square metres.

Sub-heading MASONRY

Measurement 22.04 The term masonry shall be taken for the purpose of this section 22 to include cast stonework.

Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Masonry” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 197: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

197

Group Feature Unit I 1. Construction of mass masonry cubic metre 2. Construction of masonry facings square metre 3. Construction of masonry walls square metre 4. Construction of masonry copings metre 5. Construction of specially shaped

and dressed string courses of masonry

metre

6. Construction of masonry arches metre 7. Construction of individual masonry

blocks, features or stones number

II 1. different types III 1. different thicknesses IV 1. different coursing V 1. curved on plan VI 1. with a battered face VII 1. in lining to watercourses 2. in pitching to slopes 3. in facing to seawalls D. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

22.05 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Masonry

Unit

22.05.1 Construction of mass masonry, random rubble in cement

mortar

cubic metre

22.05.2 Construction of masonry facings, granite stone facing 100 mm thick to sloping planter wall as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

square metre

22.05.3 Construction of masonry walls, granite stone, 300 mm thick, with a battered face

square metre

Page 198: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

198

22.05.4 Construction of masonry copings, granite stone

curved on plan, 400 x 200 x 75 mm thick as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

metre

22.05.5 Construction of specially shaped and dressed string courses of masonry, granite stone, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

metre

22.05.6 Construction of masonry arches, granite, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

metre

22.05.7 Construction of individual masonry features, granite stone planter, as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items], 1500 mm long

number

Item description extension

22.06 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Masonry” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) wall ties, dowels, mortar and the like or other fixing devices; (b) bonding into or tying to existing work, concrete or other types

of structures and finishing of joints;

(c) reinforcement; (d) filling the cavity between the masonry and the backing; (e) building in doors, windows, louvres and the like, and forming

openings;

(f) damp proof courses; (g) protection of masonry. Measurement 22.07 For the items for “construction of mass masonry” under this sub-heading,

no deduction shall be made from the measurement for voids each not exceeding 0.15 cubic metres.

22.08 The measurement of the items for “construction of masonry facings” and“construction of masonry walls” under this sub-heading shall be the length or girth along the centreline multiplied by the vertical height stating the thickness, or in the case of walls with battered faces, stating the average thickness. No deduction shall be made for openings each not exceeding 0.10 square metres.

Page 199: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

199

Heading

SECTION 23 FINISHINGS

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

ii The variety of different finishings available is too extensive to list in detail under the itemisation table hereunder. Different types of finishings shall be measured in an appropriately logical order with in-situ finishings measured before tile, slab and sheet finishings and followed by painting. Associated skirtings, nosings and the like shall follow the same order as the respective finishings to which they relate.

Sub-heading FINISHINGS

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Finishings” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and lay/fix finishings square metre 2. Supply and apply painting square metre 3. Supply and lay/fix skirtings, nosings

and the like metre

II 1. different types or compositions III 1. different sizes and/or thicknesses

IV

1.

to ceilings including sides and soffits of beams

2. to walls and columns 3. to floors 4. to roofs 5. to kerbs, treads, risers and the like

V 1. curved VI 1. internally 2. externally B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of

Page 200: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

200

Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

23.01 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Finishings

Unit

23.01.1 Supply and lay finishings, ceramic tiles, size 150 x 150 x 8 mm, to walls and columns, internally

square metre

23.01.2 Supply and lay finishings, wash granolithic, 25 mm thick, to floors, externally

square metre

23.01.3 Supply and lay finishings, concrete tiles, size 300 x 300 x 30 mm, to roofs, externally

square metre

23.01.4 Supply and apply painting, cement paint to walls and columns, externally

square metre

23.01.5 Supply and lay nosings, vitreous clay tiles, size 75 x 150 x 10 mm, to treads, externally

metre

Item description extension

23.02 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Finishings” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) bedding, backing, bitumen, reinforcement and the like; (b) edges, angles, corners, joints and the like including special tiles. Measurement 23.03 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Finishings” shall be

the area of the exposed face. No deduction shall be made for openings each not exceeding one square metre.

Page 201: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

201

Heading

SECTION 24 LANDSCAPE WORKS

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

Sub-heading PRE-PLANTING WORKS

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Pre-planting works” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Cleaning ground square metre 2. Scarifying square metre 3. Ripping square metre 4. Cultivation square metre 5. Soiling square metre II 1. different depths B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

24.01 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Pre-planting works

Unit

24.01.1 Cleaning ground square metre

24.01.2 Scarifying, 10 to 20 mm deep square metre

24.01.3 Ripping, 300 mm deep square metre

24.01.4 Cultivation, 150 mm deep square metre

24.01.5 Soiling, 150 mm deep square metre

Page 202: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

202

Item description extension

24.02 The item description of the items for “cleaning ground” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) filling the voids left by excavation and removal of contaminated

materials.

24.03 The item description of the items for “scarifying”, “ripping” and

“cultivation” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) removal of stones and all debris produced by scarifying, ripping

and cultivation, and disposal of any material;

(b) spreading of pre-planting fertilizer and soil conditioner before cultivation;

(c) protection of prepared ground against compaction, erosion and siltation.

24.04 The item description of the items for “soiling” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) mixing, depositing, spreading, levelling and consolidation; (b) protection of prepared ground against compaction, erosion and

siltation;

(c) soil mix from any source. Measurement 24.05 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Pre-planting

works” shall be the surface area of the face to be prepared as shown on Drawings or ordered by the Engineer.

Sub-heading PLANTING WORKS

Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Planting works” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and plant trees number 2. Supply and plant shrubs number 3. Supply and plant stated plants number II 1. different species III 1. different sizes IV 1. rootballed 2. containerised

Page 203: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

203

D. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

24.06 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Planting works

Unit

24.06.1 Supply and plant trees, Acacia auriculaeformis,

standard tree, containerised

number

24.06.2 Supply and plant shrubs, Acalypha godseffiana, small shrub, containerised

number

24.06.3 Supply and plant aquatic plants, Nelumbra nucifera, spread of plant 300 to 450 mm, containerised

number

Item description extension

24.07

The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Planting works”shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (c) fertilising, soil conditioning, mulching and top dressing; (d) watering, weeding and pruning; (e) stakes, ties, guys, sleeves and adjusters; (f) reinstatement. Sub-heading GRASSING

Notes E. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Grassing” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Grassing square metre II 1. by broadcast seeding 2. by hydroseeding 3. by turfing 4. by sprigging III 1. different species F. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

Page 204: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

204

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

24.08 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Grassing

Unit

24.08.1 Grassing, by hydroseeding, with grass seed mix square metre Item description extension

24.09 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Grassing” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) surface preparation, including removal of stones, disposal of any

material, fine tilth cultivation and final grading;

(b) pegging, netting, sheeting and biodegradable fabric; (c) fertilising, soil conditioning, mulching and top dressing; (d) watering, weeding and cutting. Measurement 24.10 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Grassing” shall be

the surface area of the face to be grassed as shown on Drawings or ordered by the Engineer.

Sub-heading POST-PLANTING MULCHING

Notes G. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Post-planting mulching” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Post-planting mulching square metre II 1. different thicknesses H. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

24.11 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Post-planting mulching

Unit

24.11.1 Post-planting mulching, 75 mm thick square metre

Page 205: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

205

Item description extension

24.12 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Post-planting mulching” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) storage; (b) spreading and levelling. Measurement 24.13 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Post-planting

mulching” shall be the surface area of the face to be mulched after the planting work as shown on Drawings or ordered by the Engineer.

Sub-heading ESTABLISHMENT WORKS

Notes I. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Establishment Works” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Carry out Establishment Works sum J. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

24.14 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Establishment Works

Unit

24.14.1 Carry out Establishment Works sum Item description extension

24.15 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Establishment Works” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) watering; (b) control of pests and disease; (c) protecting, including netting and sheeting; (d) removal of all rubbish, stones and other debris, and disposal of

any material;

(e) firming up plants; (f) regrassing where the grass fails to become established; (g) securing and adjusting stakes, ties and guys; (h) plant replacements and replanting; (i) fencing, signboards and notices; (j) weeding, cutting grass, forking-over and pruning; (k) application of post-planting fertilisers.

Page 206: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

206

Notes K. Items under the sub-headings “Preservation and protection of

existing trees” and “Tree survey records” are used for contracts where the existing trees requiring preservation and protection do not include Old and Valuable Trees.

L. Items under the sub-headings “Preservation and protection of existing trees including Old and Valuable Trees”, “Tree survey records of existing trees other than Old and Valuable Trees”, “Independent tree specialist” and “Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees” are used for contracts where the existing trees requiring preservation and protection include Old and Valuable Trees.

Sub-heading

PRESERVATION AND PROTECTION OF EXISTING TREES

Notes M. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Preservation and protection of existing trees” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Preservation and protection of all

existing trees month

II 1. in different Portions of the Site N. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

24.16 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Preservation and protection of existing trees

Unit

24.16.1 Preservation and protection of all existing trees, in

Portion A of the Site month

Item description extension

24.17 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Preservation and protection of existing trees” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) identification labelling or marking systems; (b) temporary protective fencing/armouring/mulching; (c) physical support measures to protect the trees from instability; (d) measures to protect the trees from reduction in ground level,

including construction of retaining wall, precautionary measures

Page 207: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

207

during excavation and root cutting, and measures to maintain balanced moisture content after change in ground level;

(e) measures to protect the trees from rise in ground level, including construction of dry wall and soil aeration system;

(f) measures to protect the trees from excavation, including submission of photographic records, precautionary measures during excavation, tunnelling of services and root cutting, and measures to maintain balanced moisture content after excavation;

(g) measures to protect the trees from drilling, including precautionary measures during drilling and root cutting, and measures to maintain balanced moisture content after drilling;

(h) control of pests and disease; (i) pruning of the trees, including pre-pruning preparation, pruning

operation, post-pruning treatment, and reinstatement of affected areas;

(j) precautionary measures. Measurement 24.18 The measurement of the items for “preservation and protection of all

existing trees” under this sub-heading shall be the duration in which preservation and protection measures for preserved trees are provided in accordance with the Contract.

Sub-heading TREE SURVEY RECORDS

Notes O. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Tree survey records” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Arrange and conduct tree survey of

all existing trees sum

2. submission of reports on updated photographic record of all preserved trees

number

P. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

24.19 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Tree survey records

Unit

24.19.1 Arrange and conduct tree survey of all existing trees

sum

24.19.2 Submission of reports on updated photographic record of all preserved trees

number

Page 208: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

208

Item description extension

24.20 The item description of the items for “arrange and conduct tree survey of all existing trees” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) identification labelling or marking systems for trees to be felled.

24.21 The item description of the items for “submission of reports on updated photographic record of all preserved trees” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) amending reports on the updated photographic record of thepreserved trees.

Measurement 24.22 The measurement of the items for “arrange and conduct tree survey of all existing trees” under this sub-heading shall be made when the Engineer is satisfied that the survey record meets all requirements of the Contract.

24.23 The measurement of the items for “submission of reports on updated photographic record of all preserved trees” under this sub-heading shall be the number of reports on updated photographic record of all preserved trees that are required to be submitted to the Engineer in accordance with the requirements stated in the Contract.

Sub-heading PRESERVATION AND PROTECTION OF EXISTING

TREES INCLUDING OLD AND VALUABLE TREES

Notes Q. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Preservation and protection of existing trees including Old and Valuable Trees” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Preservation and protection of all

existing trees other than Old and Valuable Trees

month

2. Preservation and protection of Old and Valuable Trees

month

II 1. different Portions of the Site 2. different Old and Valuable Trees

[one item for each Old and Valuable Tree]

R. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such itemdescriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

24.24 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 209: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

209

Item description Preservation and protection of existing trees including Old and Valuable Trees

Unit

24.24.1 Preservation and protection of all existing trees other

than Old and Valuable Trees, in Portion A of the Site

month

24.24.2 Preservation and protection of Old and Valuable Trees, Old and Valuable Tree No. OVT 1

month

Item description extension

24.25 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Preservation and protection of existing trees including Old and Valuable Trees” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) identification labelling or marking systems; (b) temporary protective fencing/armouring/mulching; (c) physical support measures to protect the trees from instability; (d) measures to protect the trees from reduction in ground level,

including construction of retaining wall, precautionary measures during excavation and root cutting, and measures to maintain balanced moisture content after change in ground level;

(e) measures to protect the trees from rise in ground level, including construction of dry wall and soil aeration system;

(f) measures to protect the trees from excavation, including submission of photographic records, precautionary measures during excavation, tunnelling of services and root cutting, and measures to maintain balanced moisture content after excavation;

(g) measures to protect the trees from drilling, including precautionary measures during drilling and root cutting, and measures to maintain balanced moisture content after drilling;

(h) measures to control pest and disease for the trees, including precautionary measures to prevent pest and disease attack and control measures to eradicate pest and disease from the infected trees;

(i) pruning of the trees, including pre-pruning preparation, pruning operation, post-pruning treatment, and reinstatement of affected areas;

(j) precautionary measures. Measurement 24.26 The measurement of the items for “preservation and protection of all

existing trees other than Old and Valuable Trees” under this sub-heading shall be the duration in which preservation and protection measures for preserved trees other than Old and Valuable Trees are provided in accordance with the Contract.

24.27 The measurement of the items for “preservation and protection of Old and Valuable Trees” under this sub-heading shall be the duration in which preservation and protection measures for Old and Valuable Trees are provided in accordance with the Contract.

Page 210: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

210

Sub-heading TREE SURVEY RECORDS OF EXISTING TREES OTHER THAN OLD AND VALUABLE TREES

Notes S. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Tree survey records of existing trees other than Old and Valuable Trees” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Arrange and conduct tree survey of

all existing trees other than Old and Valuable Trees

sum

2. Submission of reports on updated photographic record of all preserved trees other than Old and Valuable Trees

number

T. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

24.28 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Tree survey records of existing trees other than Old and Valuable Trees

Unit

24.28.1 Arrange and conduct tree survey of all existing trees

other than Old and Valuable Trees

sum

24.28.2 Submission of reports on updated photographic record of all preserved trees other than Old and Valuable Trees

number

Item description extension

24.29 The item description of the items for “arrange and conduct tree survey of all existing trees other than Old and Valuable Trees” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) identification labelling or marking systems for trees to be felled.

24.30 The item description of the items for “submission of reports on updated photographic record of all preserved trees other than Old and Valuable Trees” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) amending reports on the updated photographic record of the preserved trees.

Page 211: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

211

Measurement 24.31 The measurement of the items for “arrange and conduct tree survey of all existing trees other than Old and Valuable Trees” under this sub-heading shall be made when the Engineer is satisfied that the survey record meets all requirements of the Contract.

24.32 The measurement of the items for “submission of reports on updated photographic record of all preserved trees other than Old and Valuable Trees” under this sub-heading shall be the number of reports on updated photographic record of all preserved trees other than Old and Valuable Trees that are required to be submitted to the Engineer in accordance with the requirements stated in the Contract.

Sub-heading INDEPENDENT TREE SPECIALIST

Notes U. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Independent tree specialist” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision of independent tree

specialist month

V. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

24.33 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Independent tree specialist

Unit

24.33.1 Provision of independent tree specialist month Item description extension

24.34 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Independent tree specialist” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) provision of facilities and attendance on the independent tree

specialist.

Measurement 24.35 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Independent tree specialist” shall be the duration in which the services of an independent tree specialist is provided in accordance with the Contract.

Sub-heading AFTERCARE TO OLD AND VALUABLE TREES

Notes W. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Aftercare

Page 212: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

212

to Old and Valuable Trees” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision of Aftercare to Old and

Valuable Trees month

II 1. different Old and Valuable Trees

[one item for each Old and Valuable Tree]

X. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

24.36 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees

Unit

24.36.1 Provision of Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees, Old

and Valuable Tree No. OVT 1 month

Item description extension

24.37 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) tree maintenance work, work of repair to damage or health

deterioration, or precautionary or mitigation measures against damage;

(b) removal of all debris and disposal of any material; (c) reinstatement.

Measurement 24.38 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees” shall be the duration in which all requirements for providing Aftercare to Old and Valuable Trees as stated in the Contract are complied with.

Page 213: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

213

Heading

SECTION 25 TESTING

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

Sub-heading

PILE TESTING

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Pile testing” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision, setting up and removal of

all types of pile testing equipment sum

2. Arrange and conduct load tests number 3. Arrange and conduct sonic tests metre 4. Arrange and conduct core tests metre 5. Arrange and conduct integrity tests number 6. Arrange and conduct proof drilling number II 1. different types of test III 1. on different types of pile IV 1. preliminary piling 2. main piling V 1. load tests of different specified

loads and/or different angles of application of load

VI 1. different diameters of core B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

25.01 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 214: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

214

Item description Piling testing

Unit

25.01.1 Provision, setting up and removal of all types of pile

testing equipment

sum

25.01.2 Arrange and conduct load tests, compression load tests, on bored piles, main piling

number

25.01.3 Arrange and conduct sonic tests, on 2.00 m diameter bored piles, preliminary piling

metre

25.01.4 Arrange and conduct core tests, on 2.00 m diameter bored piles, main piling, 150 mm (minimum) diameter cores

metre

25.01.5 Arrange and conduct integrity tests, on 2.00 m diameter bored piles, main piling

number

25.01.6 Arrange and conduct proof drilling, on 2.00 m diameter bored piles, main piling

number

Item description extension

25.02 The item description of the item for “provision, setting up and removal of all types of pile testing equipment” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) provision, setting up and removal of all ancillary pile testing

equipment including but not limited to test rigs, plant, instruments, kentledge and the like;

(b) moving pile testing equipment and all ancillary equipment set up between test sites;

(c) site clearance and reinstatement. 25.03 The item description of the items for “arrange and conduct load tests”,

“arrange and conduct sonic tests”, “arrange and conduct core tests”, “arrange and conduct integrity tests” and “arrange and conduct proof drilling” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) drilling in any material, recovery and storage of cores; (b) cutting and test of cores; (c) construction of temporary pile caps and their subsequent

removal;

(d) reinstatement; (e) re-testing and additional testing. Measurement 25.04 The measurement of the item for “provision, setting up and removal of

all types of pile testing equipment” under this sub-heading shall be for bringing and setting up of all types of pile testing equipment and ancillary equipment to the Site for the execution and completion of the pile testing work at the required locations and their subsequent removal off the Site.

25.05 The measurement of the items for “arrange and conduct load tests”,

“arrange and conduct integrity tests” and “arrange and conduct proof

Page 215: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

215

drilling” under this sub-heading shall be the number of tests ordered by the Engineer.

25.06 The measurement of the items for “arrange and conduct sonic tests”

under this sub-heading shall be the total length of tested pile as ordered by the Engineer.

25.07 The measurement of the items for “arrange and conduct core tests” under

this sub-heading shall be the total length of pile drilled as ordered by the Engineer.

25.08 Re-testing or additional testing where the original test has identified

defective materials or workmanship shall not be measured.

Sub-heading TESTING PRECAST CONCRETE MEMBERS Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Testing

precast concrete members” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Arrange and conduct

non-destructive tests number

2. Arrange and conduct destructive tests

number

II 1. different types of test III 1. different types of precast concrete

member

IV 1. different sizes of member D. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

25.09 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 216: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

216

Item description Testing precast concrete members

Unit

25.09.1 Arrange and conduct non-destructive tests, load testing of

type A precast concrete units as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

25.09.2 Arrange and conduct destructive tests, load testing of type B precast concrete units as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

Item description extension

25.10 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Testing precast concrete members” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) transportation of members to and erection at the place of test, and subsequent removal;

(b) in case of destructive tests, supply of the members. Measurement 25.11 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Testing precast

concrete members” shall be the number of tests ordered and accepted by the Engineer as giving satisfactory results. If a member is found to be unsatisfactory on testing, the testing of all other members in the same batch of members at the Contractor’s option shall not be measured.

Sub-heading TESTING BEARINGS Notes E. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Testing

bearings” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Arrange and conduct compression

tests number

2. Arrange and conduct shear tests number 3. Arrange and conduct bond tests number 4. Arrange and conduct tests for

physical properties number

5. Arrange and conduct weathering tests

number

6. Arrange and conduct friction tests number 7. Arrange and conduct vertical load

tests number

8. Arrange and conduct horizontal load tests

number

II 1. on different types of bearing III 1. different sizes of bearing

Page 217: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

217

F. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

25.12 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Testing bearings

Unit

25.12.1 Arrange and conduct compression tests, on bridge

bearing ref. B1

number

25.12.2 Arrange and conduct shear tests, on bridge bearing ref. B2

number

25.12.3 Arrange and conduct bond tests, on bridge bearing ref. B3

number

25.12.4 Arrange and conduct tests for physical properties, quick production tests, on bridge bearing ref. B4

number

25.12.5 Arrange and conduct weathering tests, on bridge bearing ref. B5

number

25.12.6 Arrange and conduct friction tests, on bridge bearing ref. B6

number

25.12.7 Arrange and conduct vertical load tests, on bridge

bearing ref. B7

number

25.12.8 Arrange and conduct horizontal load tests, on bearing to roof joint

number

Item description extension

25.13 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Testing bearings” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) in case of destructive tests, supply of the samples; (b) re-testing. Measurement 25.14 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Testing bearings”

shall be the number of tests ordered and accepted by the Engineer as giving satisfactory results.

Sub-heading PRESSURE TESTING PIPELINES

Notes G. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Pressure

testing pipelines” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 218: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

218

Group Feature Unit I 1. Arrange and conduct pressure tests

on pipelines sum

II 1. different types III 1. different locations H. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

25.15 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Pressure testing pipelines

Unit

25.15.1 Arrange and conduct pressure tests on pipelines,

hydraulic pressure test, from Chainage A to Chainage B

sum

Item description extension

25.16 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Pressure testing pipelines” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) construction of temporary anchor or thrust blocks, and their

subsequent removal;

(b) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (c) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (d) water, taking delivery of water if supplied by the Employer,

transporting to Site and/or point of use and draining on completion;

(e) re-testing; (f) cleaning and sterilising. Measurement 25.17 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Pressure testing

pipelines” shall only be made upon the testing giving satisfactory results.

Sub-heading TESTING WATER RETAINING STRUCTURES Notes I. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Testing

water retaining structures” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Page 219: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

219

Group Feature Unit I 1. Arrange and conduct tests on water

retaining structures sum

II 1. different types or sections of

structure

J. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

25.18 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Testing water retaining structures

Unit

25.18.1 Arrange and conduct tests on water retaining

structures, aeration tank No. 1 sum

Item description extension

25.19 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Testing water retaining structures” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) taking delivery of water and sterilising chemicals supplied by the

Employer, transporting to Site and/or point of use and draining on completion;

(b) taking delivery of testing equipment supplied by the Employer, transporting to Site and/or point of use and removal on completion of test;

(c) re-testing; (d) cleaning and sterilising.

Page 220: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

220

Heading

SECTION 26 MISCELLANEOUS

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

Sub-heading DOORS, WINDOWS, LOUVRES AND ROLLER SHUTTERS

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Doors, windows, louvres and roller shutters” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and fix doors number 2. Supply and fix windows number 3. Supply and fix louvres number 4. Supply and fix roller shutters number II 1. different types and/or materials III 1. different sizes B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

26.01 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Doors, windows, louvres and roller shutters

Unit

26.01.1 Supply and fix doors, solid core hardwood door, size 1050 x 2100 mm as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

26.01.2 Supply and fix windows, galvanized mild steel, size 400 x 600 mm as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

Page 221: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

221

26.01.3 Supply and fix louvres, aluminum, size 1000 x 1000 mm as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

26.01.4 Supply and fix roller shutters, stainless steel, size 3000 x 2100 mm as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

Item description extension

26.02 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Doors, windows, louvres and roller shutters” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) steelwork, frames, guide rails, hoods, casings and the like; (b) fixings, fittings, accessories, bedding, dowels, sealants and the

like;

(c) glazing; (d) fittings and furniture (e) protective treatment and painting; (f) weather bars, waterbars, waterstops and the like; (g) ironmongery.

Sub-heading PLUMBING

Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Plumbing” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and fix pipes metre 2. Extra over for valves or stopcocks number 3. Supply and fix sanitary appliances number II 1. different types and/or materials III 1. different sizes and/or diameters D. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

26.03 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Plumbing

Unit

26.03.1 Supply and fix pipes, copper pipe, 40 mm diameter

metre

Page 222: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

222

26.03.2 Extra over for valves, 40mm diameter gate valves

number

26.03.3 Supply and fix sanitary appliances, vitreous china wash basins, size 650 x 450 mm

number

Item description extension

26.04 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Plumbing” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) fixings, fittings, accessories, bedding, pipe brackets and the like; (b) connections to pipes; (c) protective treatment and painting; (d) in case of water supply pipes, cleansing and sterilisation,

including taking delivery of water and chemicals supplied by the Employer, transportation to Site and/or point of use and draining on completion.

Sub-heading SUNDRY METALWORK

Notes E. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Sundry metalwork” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and fix flooring square metre 2. Supply and fix covers number 3. Supply and fix ladders number 4. Supply and fix step irons number II 1. different types and/or materials III 1. different sizes F. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

26.05 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Sundry metalwork

Unit

26.05.1 Supply and fix flooring, chequer plates, 8 mm thick as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

square metre

26.05.2 Supply and fix covers, stainless steel, size 1000 x 1000 mm as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

Page 223: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

223

26.05.3 Supply and fix ladders, galvanized mild steel cat

ladders, 350 mm wide and 3000 mm high as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

26.05.4 Supply and fix step irons, galvanized mild steel, 350 x 450 mm as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

Item description extension

26.06 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Sundry metalwork” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) building in, including fixings, grouting and bedding, fillers, sealing materials and the like;

(b) protective treatment and painting; (c) insulation; (d) frames; (e) ironmongery.

Sub-heading ASPHALT ROOFING

Notes G. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Asphalt roofing” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and lay asphalt roofing square metre 2. Supply and lay skirtings metre II 1. different thicknesses and/or sizes III 1. horizontal surfaces and inclined

surfaces sloping at 30o or less to the horizontal

2. vertical surfaces and inclined surfaces sloping at more than 30o to the horizontal

3. curved surfaces 4. domed surfaces H. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

26.07 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 224: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

224

Item description Asphalt roofing

Unit

26.07.1 Supply and lay asphalt roofing, 20 mm thick, horizontal surfaces and inclined surfaces sloping at 30o or less to the horizontal

square metre

26.07.2 Supply and lay skirtings, 150 mm high and 15 mm thick

metre

Item description extension

26.08

The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Asphalt roofing” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) isolating membranes; (b) forming angles and the like; (c) dressing to rainwater outlets; (d) in case of laying asphalt roofing, forming drainage channels; (e) reinforcement; (f) finishing roof surfaces; (g) solar protection and painting. Measurement 26.09 The measurement of the items for “supply and lay asphalt roofing” under

this sub-heading shall be the plan area covered. No deduction shall be made for opening each not exceeding one square metre.

Sub-heading WORK FOR ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS

Notes I. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Work for electrical and mechanical installations” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Supply and fix electrical conduit

systems metre

2. Supply and fix cable duct systems metre 3. Supply and fix light fittings number 4. Construction of earthing pits number 5. Construction of earthing trenches metre 6. Grouting with stated chemicals square metre II 1. different types and/or materials III 1. different diameters 2. different sizes 3. different thicknesses

Page 225: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

225

Group Feature Unit IV 1. different types of bedding,

surround or filling

V 1. in trench, depth to invert not

exceeding 1.50 m

2. in trench, depth to invert exceeding 1.50 m but not exceeding 2.50 m and so on in steps of 1.00 m

3. fixed to concrete 4. fixed to brickwork or blockwork 5. fixed to steelwork 6. fixed to reinforcement 7. fixed in chases 8. fixed to stated supports or

surfaces

J. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

26.10 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Work for electrical and mechanical installations

Unit

26.10.1 Supply and fix electrical conduit systems, galvanized mild steel, 25 mm diameter, fixed to brickwork

metre

26.10.2 Supply and fix cable duct systems, UPVC, 50 mm diameter, on granular bed, in trench, depth to invert not exceeding 1.50 m

metre

26.10.3 Supply and fix light fittings, surface mounted type A, fixed to concrete

number

26.10.4 Construction of earthing pits, size 1000 x 1000 x 750 mm deep as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

number

26.10.5 Construction of earthing trenches, 750 mm wide x 500 mm deep as shown on Drawing No(s). _____ [Drawing No(s). to be stated in the bill items]

metre

26.10.6 Grouting with cement and sand, 15 mm thick square metre

Page 226: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

226

Item description extension

26.11 The item description of the items for “supply and fix electrical conduitsystems” and “supply and fix cable duct systems” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (c) fixings, boxes, fittings, bedding, accessories, holes, recesses and

the like;

(d) protective treatment and painting; (e) fire barriers; (f) in case of electrical conduit systems, terminations of the

systems;

(g) cleaning of the systems; (h) completion and protection of the work for electrical and

mechanical installations;

(i) reinstatement. 26.12 The item description of the items for “supply and fix light fittings” under

this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) holes, bases, recesses and the like; (b) internal wiring and connections; (c) internal fuses, switches, cut-outs and the like.

26.13 The item description of the items for “construction of earthing pits” and “construction of earthing trenches” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) excavation in any material and disposal of any material; (b) backfilling with materials from any source and compaction; (c) building in duct connections, including ducts and fittings; (d) covers, frames and lifting keys; (e) formwork; (f) reinforcement and steelwork; (g) fill materials in pits or trenches. 26.14 The item description of the items for “grouting with stated chemicals”

under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) formwork.

Page 227: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

227

Heading

SECTION 27 DAYWORK

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

ii Separate items should be provided for Provisional Sums, and percentage adjustment thereto, for different categories of plant used on daywork in accordance with the relevant sections of the “HKCA Schedules For Plant Used in Dayworks Carried Out Incidental to Contract Work”.

Sub-heading LABOUR

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Labour”

in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision of labour working during

normal working hours hour

2. Provisional Sum for provision of labour working overtime, to be paid at rates for normal working hours (Note : the Provisional Sum shall be inserted in the “Amount” column of this item in the bill)

sum

3. Percentage adjustment to the Provisional Sum in item ___ for provision of labour working overtime (to be stated and extended by the tenderer) (Note : the Provisional Sum shall be inserted in the “Quantity” column of this item in the bill)

percentage

II 1. different types of labour 2. different periods of overtime B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

27.01 Item description and unit shall be:

Page 228: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

228

Item description Labour

Unit

27.01.1 Provision of labour working during normal working hours, labourer (unskilled) male

hour

27.01.2 Provisional Sum for provision of labour working

overtime, to be paid at rates for normal working hours, from 1800 hours to 2300 hours on all days excluding General Holidays and from 0800 hours to 2300 hours on General Holidays excluding Lunar New Year Holiday

sum

27.01.3 Percentage adjustment to the Provisional Sum in item [item number as described in 27.01.2 to be stated] for provision of labour working overtime (to be stated and extended by the tenderer)

percentage

27.01.4 Provisional Sum for provision of labour working overtime, to be paid at rates for normal working hours, from 2300 hours to 0800 hours next days excluding Lunar New Year Holidays

sum

27.01.5 Percentage adjustment to the Provisional Sum in item [item number as described in 27.01.4 to be stated] for provision of labour working overtime (to be stated and extended by the tenderer)

percentage

27.01.6 Provisional Sum for provision of labour working overtime, to be paid at rates for normal working hours, from 0800 hours to 0800 hours next day on all days excluding Lunar New Year Holiday

sum

27.01.7 Percentage adjustment to the Provisional Sum in item [item number as described in 27.01.6 to be stated] for provision of labour working overtime (to be stated and extended by the tenderer)

percentage

27.01.8 Provisional Sum for provision of labour working overtime, to be paid at rates for normal working hours, from 2300 hours to 0800 hours on Lunar New Year holidays

sum

27.01.9 Percentage adjustment to the Provisional Sum in item [item number as described in 27.01.8 to be stated] for provision of labour working overtime (to be stated and extended by the tenderer)

percentage

27.01.10 Provisional Sum for provision of labour working overtime, to be paid at rates for normal working hours, from 0800 hours to 0800 hours next day on Lunar New Year Holiday

sum

Page 229: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

229

27.01.11 Percentage adjustment to the Provisional Sum in item [item number as described in 27.01.10 to be stated] for provision of labour working overtime (to be stated and extended by the tenderer)

percentage

Item description extension

27.02 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Labour” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) hand tools, ladders, trestles and the like; (b) protective clothing and safety equipment; (c) supervision; (d) use of existing services and Temporary Works; (e) travelling time to and from the Site. Measurement 27.03 The measurement of the items for “provision of labour working during

normal working hours” under this sub-heading shall be the aggregate time employed on daywork to the nearest hour. Meal breaks and rest periods shall not be measured. Travelling time by the labour from their normal place of employment on the Site to and from the location where daywork is to be carried out shall be measured. Normal working hours shall be 0800 hours to 1800 hours or such other periods as stated in the Contract on all days excluding General Holidays. Daywork ordered by the Engineer to be executed outside the normal working hours shall be measured as overtime. Overtime shall be paid at the rates for normal working hours plus a percentage to be inserted by the tenderer. Voluntary overtime on all days including General Holidays will be measured as normal working hours. Voluntary overtime is when the Contractor elects to execute daywork outside the normal working hours. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, daywork is ordered to be carried out under dangerous or exceptionally foul conditions, then the labour shall be measured as 1.5 times the time spent working under such conditions.

Sub-heading PLANT

Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Plant” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provisional Sum for provision of plant

(Note : the Provisional Sum shall be inserted in the “Amount” column of this item in the bill)

sum

2. Percentage adjustment to the Provisional Sum in item ___ for provision of plant (to be stated and extended by the tenderer) (Note : the Provisional Sum shall be inserted in the “Quantity” column of this item in the bill)

percentage

Page 230: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

230

Group Feature Unit II 1. different categories of plant III 1. different items for Provisional Sum D. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

27.04 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Plant

Unit

27.04.1 Provisional Sum for provision of plant, at rates contained in Section ___ of the “HKCA Schedules For Plant Used in Dayworks Carried Out Incidental to Contract Work”

sum

27.04.2 Percentage adjustment to the Provisional Sum in item [item number as described in 27.04.1 to be stated] for provision of plant (to be stated and extended by tenderer)

percentage

Item description extension

27.05 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Plant” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) fuel, consumable stores, insurance, repairs and maintenance. Measurement 27.06 The rates contained in the “HKCA Schedules For Plant Used in Dayworks

Carried Out Incidental to Contract Work” current at the date for return ofTender (the Schedules) shall be used for provision of plant on daywork. The “Notes and Conditions” contained therein do not form part of the Method of Measurement. The rates shall be exclusive of drivers and attendants. Minimum measurement shall be for the basic hire period quoted in the Schedules under each item. An additional 3 hours is to be measured for each item of land-based plant, and an additional 6 hours for each item of marine plant, specially brought on Site on the instructions of the Engineer to carry out daywork, and a further 3 hours or 6 hours for each such respective item of plant that is removed from Site on completion of the daywork. 6 hours is to be measured for any transport used to carry or tow land-based plant, and 12 hours for any transport used to carry or tow marine plant, to Site for use on daywork, or used for their respective removal from Site on completion of the daywork.

Page 231: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

231

For land-based plant mounted on marine craft, the percentage adjustment appropriate to marine plant shall apply to the rates quoted for the land-based plant in the Schedules. On-site transportation of labour, materials or plant used on daywork to or from the daywork location is to be measured. Standing time shall be included in the measurement of the items for provision of plant under this sub-heading where the nature of the daywork requires intermittent working. Where standing time for any item for provision of plant is ordered by the Engineer, such plant shall be measured as two thirds of the time standing during normal working hours.

Sub-heading MATERIALS

Notes E. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Materials” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provisional Sum for provision of

materials (Note : the Provisional Sum shall be inserted in the “Amount” column of this item in the bill)

sum

2. Percentage adjustment to the Provisional Sum for provision of materials (to be stated and extended by the tenderer) (Note : the Provisional Sum shall be inserted in the “Quantity” column of this item in the bill)

percentage

F. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

27.07 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Materials

Unit

27.07.1 Provisional Sum for provision of materials

sum

27.07.2 Percentage adjustment to the Provisional Sum for provision of materials (to be stated and extended by the tenderer)

percentage

Page 232: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

232

Item description extension

27.08 The item description of the items for “percentage adjustment to the Provisional Sum for provision of materials” under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) taking delivery, unloading, unpacking, storing and protecting. Measurement 27.09 The measurement of the items for provision of materials under this

sub-heading shall be the actual quantity of materials incorporated in the Works measured on a daywork basis except if the materials are only obtainable in minimum quantities, then any surplus materials arising therefrom and which cannot otherwise be used in the Works shall also be measured. Such surplus materials may be retained for use by the Employer or disposed of, as directed by the Engineer. Payment shall be made at invoiced cost after the deduction of all discounts obtained by the Contractor but inclusive of any suppliers’ delivery charges to the Site. Collection and distribution of materials by the Contractor shall be measured under the sub-headings “Labour” and/or “Plant” as appropriate.

Page 233: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

233

Heading

SECTION 28 SITE SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

ii For lump sum works contracts, the items under this section 28 shall be marked as “ALL PROVISIONAL”.

iii For works contracts where Safety Plans are not required and therefore

not included in the Pay for Safety and Environment Scheme, this section 28 shall not be used.

Measurement 28.01 Rates appearing in the items under this section 28, whether pre-fixed or inserted by the Contractor, shall be deemed to allow for the value of work in connection with meeting all statutory and contractual obligations in the upkeeping of safety and health and environmental management in the execution of the Works and any other related obligations, liabilities, risks and profit. In the event that the rates have been insufficient or where there are any aspects where the methods provided hereunder do not measure any item of work or exclude the measurement of any item of work or part thereof, the difference in value shall be deemed to have been included in the rates inserted elsewhere in the bills within the Bills of Quantities.

Sub-heading SAFETY PLAN AND ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Safety

Plan and Environmental Management Plan” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Complete and distribute Safety Plan sum 2. Complete and distribute Environmental

Management Plan sum

3. Update Safety Plan month 4. Update Environmental Management

Plan month

B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Page 234: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

234

Item description and unit

28.02 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Safety Plan and Environmental Management Plan

Unit

28.02.1 Complete and distribute Safety Plan sum 28.02.2 Complete and distribute Environmental Management

Plan sum

28.02.3 Update Safety Plan month 28.02.4 Update Environmental Management Plan month Measurement 28.03 The item for “complete and distribute Safety Plan” under this sub-heading

shall be measured when the Engineer is satisfied that the Safety Plan has been completed and it meets all the requirements of the Contract at the time of its completion and copies distributed.

28.04 The item for “complete and distribute Environmental Management Plan”under this sub-heading shall be measured when the Engineer is satisfied that the Environmental Management Plan has been completed and it meets all the requirements of the Contract at the time of its completion and copies distributed.

28.05 The measurement of the item for “update Safety Plan” under this sub-heading shall be the period of time commencing from the date of distribution of the completed Safety Plan until the date of substantial completion of the Works, or where the Works are divided into Sections, the date of substantial completion of the last Section of the Works, or an earlier or later date notified by the Engineer.

28.06 No measurement shall be made for the item for “update Safety Plan” under

this sub-heading for any period of time in which the Contractor fails to discharge any of its contractual obligations in respect of reviewing, revising,updating or distribution of the Safety Plan.

28.07 The measurement of the item for “update Environmental Management

Plan” under this sub-heading shall be the period of time commencing from the date of distribution of the completed Environmental Management Plan until the date of substantial completion of the Works, or where the Works are divided into Sections, the date of substantial completion of the last Section of the Works, or an earlier or later date notified by the Engineer.

28.08 No measurement shall be made for the item for “update Environmental

Management Plan” under this sub-heading for any period of time in which the Contractor fails to discharge any of its contractual obligations in respect of reviewing, revising, updating or distribution of the EnvironmentalManagement Plan.

Page 235: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

235

Sub-heading SAFETY OFFICER AND ENVIRONMENTAL OFFICER Notes C. Contract drafter should amend the sub-heading to “Safety Officer” and

delete/amend the paragraphs and phrases relating to “Environmental Officer” as appropriate if the Contract does not require an Environmental Officer or if the Contract only requires an Assigned Person to oversee the environmental matters.

D. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Safety Officer and Environmental Officer” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision of Safety Officer number-month 2. Provision of Environmental Officer number-month E. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

28.09 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Safety Officer and Environmental Officer

Unit

28.09.1 Provision of Safety Officer number-month

28.09.2 Provision of Environmental Officer number-month

Measurement 28.10 The measurement of the item for “provision of Safety Officer” under this sub-heading shall commence from the date of appointment of the Safety Officer as approved by the Engineer or the date on which the Safety Officer commences his duty on the Site whichever is the later. No measurement shall be made for any Safety Officer employed by the Contractor over and above the number of Safety Officers required under the Contract.

28.11 The measurement of the item for “provision of Environmental Officer”under this sub-heading shall commence from the date of appointment of the Environmental Officer as approved by the Engineer or the date on which the Environmental Officer commences his duty on the Site, whichever is the later.

28.12 No measurement shall be made for the items under the sub-heading “Safety Officer and Environmental Officer” after the date of substantial completion of the Works, or where the Works are divided into Sections, the date of substantial completion of the last Section of the Works, or an earlier or later date notified by the Engineer.

28.13 No measurement shall be made for any period of time in which the Safety

Page 236: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

236

Officer and/or the Environmental Officer fails to discharge any of his duties. Sub-heading SITE SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL COMMITTEE,

SITE SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE

Notes F. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Site

Safety and Environmental Committee, Site Safety and Environmental Management Committee” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Arrange and attend Site Safety and

Environmental Committee month

2. Arrange and attend Site Safety and Environmental Management Committee

month

G. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

28.14 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Site Safety and Environmental Committee, Site Safety and Environmental Management Committee

Unit

28.14.1 Arrange and attend Site Safety and Environmental

Committee month

28.14.2 Arrange and attend Site Safety and Environmental

Management Committee month

Measurement 28.15 The measurement of the items under the sub-heading “Site Safety and

Environmental Committee, Site Safety and Environmental Management Committee” shall commence from the date of the first meeting of the relevant Committee until the date of substantial completion of the Works, or where the Works are divided into Sections, the date of substantial completion of the last Section of the Works, or an earlier or later date notified by the Engineer.

28.16 The item for “arrange and attend Site Safety and Environmental

Management Committee” under this sub-heading shall be measured as a whole if separate meetings are held for discussion on site safety and environmental issues individually.

28.17 No measurement shall be made for any month in which the Contractor fails to

hold or attend any such Committee meetings in accordance with the Contract or fails to deal with any of the matters associated with such Committees in a satisfactory manner.

Page 237: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

237

Sub-heading SAFETY WALKS AND ENVIRONMENTAL WALKS Notes H. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Safety

walks and environmental walks” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Arrange and attend weekly safety

walks number

2. Arrange and attend weekly environmental walks

number

I. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

28.18 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Safety walks and environmental walks

Unit

28.18.1 Arrange and attend weekly safety walks number 28.18.2 Arrange and attend weekly environmental walks number Item description extension

28.19 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Safety walks and environmental walks” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) implementation and upkeeping of all measures stipulated in

Contract on site safety, the Safety Plan, environmental management, the Environmental Management Plan and maintaining the effectiveness of all such provisions for the duration of the Contract;

(b) conducting safety and environmental inspections; (c) implementation of the decisions and recommendations made by

the Site Safety and Environmental Management Committee on matters of safety, health, environmental nuisance and waste management.

Measurement 28.20 Only those safety walks or environmental walks conducted during the period from the date for commencement of the Works until the date of substantial completion of the Works, or where the Works are divided into Sections, the date of substantial completion of the last Section of the Works, or an earlier or later date notified by the Engineer, are qualified for measurement.

Page 238: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

238

28.21 No payment shall be made for the item for “arrange and attend weekly safety walks” under this sub-heading for any week when any one of the following events occurs during that week:

(i) the Contractor has received Improvement Notice or Suspension

Notice issued by the Labour Department under the Occupational Safety and Health Ordinance in respect of any activities on the Site;

(ii) the Engineer has suspended the progress of the Works or any part thereof due to any reason caused by any default on the part of the Contractor in failing to ensure safety and health;

(iii) the Engineer has given written notification to the Contractor requiring the Contractor to rectify any deficiency in the proper and full implementation of the Safety Plan, and the Contractor has failed to rectify the deficiency within a reasonable time;

(iv) the Contractor has failed to rectify the defects and deficiencies identified in the weekly safety walk within the agreed time; or

(v) any impending prosecution comes to the knowledge of the Engineer under Section 27 of the Public Health and Municipal Services Ordinance.

28.22 No payment shall be made for the item for “arrange and attend weekly environmental walks” under this sub-heading for any week when any one of the following events occurs during that week:

(i) any Air Pollution or Noise Abatement Notice has been issued by

the Environmental Protection Department;

(ii) any impending prosecution comes to the knowledge of the Engineer under any of the following Ordinances:

(1) Air Pollution Control Ordinance; (2) Noise Control Ordinance; (3) Water Pollution Control Ordinance; (4) Waste Disposal Ordinance; (5) Environmental Impact Assessment Ordinance; (6) Dumping at Sea Ordinance; and (7) Ozone Layer Protection Ordinance;

(iii) test results confirming that diesel-operated Constructional Plantreplenished with other than ultra low sulphur diesel;

(iv) any illegal or unauthorized disposal of C&D materials in connection with the Works notified by the Environmental Protection Department or other relevant departments;

(v) the public filling reception facilities have refused to receive the C&D materials from the Site because the materials contain an unacceptably high proportion of non-inert C&D materials or other waste;

(vi) the Engineer has given written notification to warn the Contractor for any failure in the proper and full implementation of the Environmental Management Plan, but the Contractor has failed to rectify such failure within a reasonable time; or

(vii) the Contractor has failed to rectify the defects and deficiencies identified in the weekly environmental walk within the agreedtime.

Page 239: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

239

28.23 The weekly safety walks and weekly environmental walks carried out simultaneously and by the same inspection team shall be measured separately.

Sub-heading SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL TRAINING Notes J. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Safety

and environmental training” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision of safety and

environmental training number

II 1. in the form of safety training for

specified trade workers

2. in the form of site specific induction training

3. in the form of tool box talks K. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

28.24 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Safety and environmental training

Unit

28.24.1 Provision of safety and environmental training, in the

form of safety training for specified trade workers number

Item description extension

28.25 The item description of the items under the sub-heading “Safety and environmental training” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) payment of the token allowance to workers.

Page 240: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

240

Measurement 28.26 The measurement of the item for “provision of safety and environmental training, in the form of safety training for specified trade workers” under this sub-heading shall be on a per worker basis subject to the production of a Specified Trade Safety Training Certificate (‘Silver Card’) and submission of the original attendance certificate issued by the Construction Industry Training Authority as evidence of completing the Safety Training Course for Construction Workers of Specified Trade or its revalidation course, in accordance with the Contract. The Engineer or his representative will stamp on the attendance certificate and return it to the Contractor after the measurement for this item has been made. No measurement will be made if:

(i) the specified trade worker has attended the course before he

starts works on the Site or after he has left the Site; or

(ii) the specified trade worker has attended the same course for the same trade more than once during the Contract period; or

(iii) measurement for this item has been made under another public works contract for the same trade worker to attend the same course for the same trade, or a valid or clean attendance certificate without prior payment record cannot be produced.

28.27 The measurement of the item for “provision of safety and environmental

training, in the form of site specific induction training” under this sub-heading shall be paid on a per worker per training basis.

28.28 The measurement of the item for “provision of safety and environmental

training, in the form of tool box talks” under this sub-heading shall be paid on a per worker per talk basis based on a frequency of one talk per worker every two weeks in accordance with the Contract.

28.29 No measurement of the items for “provision of safety and environmental

training, in the form of site specific induction training” or “provision of safety and environmental training, in the form of tool box talks” under this sub-heading shall be made if the Engineer or the Engineer’s Representative is dissatisfied with the frequency, arrangements, numbers certified, relevance or quality of such training and the Contractor cannot provide any justification acceptable to the Engineer.

Sub-heading SITE SAFETY CYCLE Notes L. A separate item shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Site

Safety Cycle” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Arrange and hold Pre-work Activities

of Site Safety Cycle number

M. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Page 241: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

241

Item description and unit

28.30 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Site Safety Cycle

Unit

28.30.1 Arrange and hold Pre-work Activities of Site Safety

Cycle number

Measurement 28.31 Subject to paragraphs 28.32 to 28.36 below, the measurement of the item for

“arrange and hold Pre-work Activities of Site Safety Cycle” under this sub-heading shall be the number of persons attending a complete set of the following Pre-work Activities on one day:

(i) Pre-work Exercise and Safety (PES) meetings; (ii) Hazard Identification Activity (HIA) meetings; and (iii) Pre-work Safety Checks. 28.32 Measurement shall only be made for persons employed on the Works

(excluding clerical and administrative staff in the Site office), irrespective of whether they are in the employment of the Contractor or his sub-contractors.For the avoidance of doubt, persons employed on the Works are those persons whose number of man-hours worked on the Site are to be included in the number of man-hours worked for the Contract.

28.33 Measurement shall only be made for a person who has completed the set of

Pre-work Activities on one day prior to his/her work on that day. No extra measurement shall be made for a person who has attended more than one setof Pre-work Activities in a day.

28.34 A maximum of two numbers for the item for “arrange and hold Pre-work

Activities of Site Safety Cycle” under this sub-heading shall be measured for the same person in any one calendar week (commencing on Monday) unless prior approval has been obtained from the Engineer.

28.35 No measurement shall be made for the number of persons who have attended the Pre-work Activities in a group but the Engineer or the Engineer’s Representative is dissatisfied with the content and/or the arrangement of the Pre-work Activities for that group. If the Engineer or the Engineer’s Representative is only dissatisfied with the content and/or the arrangement of the HIA meeting for a particular group only, then the non-measurement shall be limited to the number of persons for that group which the Engineer or the Engineer’s Representative considers unsatisfactory.

28.36 No measurement shall be made for the total number of attendees of Pre-work Activities in a week (commencing on Monday) if the number of individual persons who have attended the Pre-work Activities to the satisfaction of the Engineer or the Engineer’s Representative within that week is less than 70% of the average number of persons working at the Site in that week. For the avoidance of doubt, the average number of persons working at the Site in a week (commencing on Monday) shall be the quotient of the total number of man-days worked for the Contract in that week divided by the number of working days within that week.

Page 242: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

242

Sub-heading

SAFETY BULLETIN BOARD

Notes N. A separate item shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Safety bulletin board” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Provision, maintenance and removal

of safety bulletin board sum

O. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

28.37 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Safety bulletin board

Unit

28.37.1 Provision, maintenance and removal of safety bulletin

board sum

Item description extension

28.38 The item description of the item under the sub-heading “Safety bulletin board” shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) disposal of any material; (b) relocating safety bulletin board if required from one place to

another within the Site during the various stages of the Contract;

(c) reinstatement. Sub-heading QUALITY POWERED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT Notes P. The method of measurement for the sub-heading “Quality powered

mechanical equipment” shall only be included for works contracts with an estimated contract sum of $200M or above.

Q. A separate item shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Quality powered mechanical equipment” in accordance with the following itemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Use of quality powered mechanical

equipment month

Page 243: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

243

R. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

28.39 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Quality powered mechanical equipment

Unit

28.39.1 Use of quality powered mechanical equipment month Measurement 28.40 The item for “use of quality powered mechanical equipment” under this

sub-heading shall be measured once only for each month when during the whole month, all Constructional Plant used on the Site, insofar as they fall under a category of the “Quality Powered Mechanical Equipment (QPME)”as listed in the relevant PS Clauses, have at all times been registered with the Environmental Protection Department (EPD) as a QPME and affixed with a relevant label issued by the EPD. No measurement shall be made for this item if there is no site activity requiring the use of QPME for the month, or if there is site activity requiring the use of QPME for the month but the Contractor has not used QPME for such site activity or any part thereof during the month.

Page 244: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

244

Heading

SECTION 29 PRIME COST SUMS

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

ii Where Prime Cost Sums are included in the Bills of Quantities for work to be executed or services to be supplied by a Nominated Sub-contractor, separate items are to be provided for:

(i) general attendance provided by the Contractor in connection therewith in the form of a lump sum;

(ii) special attendance provided by the Contractor (if required)for any facility or specific requirements not covered under general attendance in the form of a lump sum. Such facility and specific requirements shall be stated clearly in the item description;

(iii) the Contractor’s profit in relation to the Prime Cost Sum in the form of a percentage.

iii Where Prime Cost Sums are included in the Bills of Quantities for materials to be supplied by a Nominated Sub-contractor, a separate item shall be provided for the Contractor’s profit in relation to the Prime Cost Sum in the form of a percentage.

Sub-heading PRIME COST SUMS FOR WORK OR SERVICES

Notes A. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Prime Cost Sums for work or services” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Prime Cost Sum for work to be

executed or services to be supplied by a Nominated Sub-contractor (Note : the Prime Cost Sum shall be inserted in the “Amount” column of this item in the bill)

sum

2. Profit percentage in relation to the Prime Cost Sum for work or services (Note : the Prime Cost Sum shall be inserted in the “Quantity” column of this item in the bill)

percentage

3. Provision of general attendance sum 4. Provision of special attendance

sum

Page 245: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

245

B. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

29.01 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Prime Cost Sums for work or services

Unit

29.01.1 Prime Cost Sum for work to be executed or services to be supplied by a Nominated Sub-contractor

sum

29.01.2 Profit percentage in relation to the Prime Cost Sum for work or services

percentage

29.01.3 Provision of general attendance

sum

29.01.4 Provision of special attendance sum Item description extension

29.02 The item description of the item for “provision of general attendance”under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) affording the use of existing work space, access, temporary roads, erected scaffolding, working shelters, staging, ladders, hoists, storage, latrines, messing, welfare and other facilities existing on Site and the provision of protection, water, telephone, electricity for lighting, and clearing away rubbish and debris arising from the work.

29.03 The item description of the item for “provision of special attendance”under this sub-heading shall be extended in accordance with Preamble paragraph 1.8 and as follows:

(a) facilities not covered under the item for provision of general attendance but have been specified in the Contract.

Sub-heading PRIME COST SUMS FOR MATERIALS

Notes C. Separate items shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Prime Cost Sums for materials” in accordance with the following itemisationtable:

Page 246: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

246

Group Feature Unit I 1. Prime Cost Sum for materials to be

supplied by a Nominated Sub-contractor (Note : the Prime Cost Sum shall be inserted in the “Amount” column of this item in the bill)

sum

2. Profit percentage in relation to the Prime Cost Sum for materials (Note : the Prime Cost Sum shall be inserted in the “Quantity” column of this item in the bill)

percentage

D. The Method of Measurement shall contain item descriptions and units

for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following are typical examples of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

29.04 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description

Prime Cost Sums for materials

Unit

29.04.1 Prime Cost Sum for materials to be supplied by a Nominated Sub-contractor

sum

29.04.2 Profit percentage in relation to the Prime Cost Sum for materials

percentage

Page 247: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

247

Heading

SECTION 30 WORK AND SERVICES NOT SEPARATELY ITEMISED

Notes i These notes, itemisation tables and any wording appearing below in italics and of a unique font of their own are for information only and are not to be reproduced in the Method of Measurement.

ii Section 1 and this section 30 are mandatory sections and the items contained therein should be included in the Contract under bill No. 1 (Preliminaries) and a separate last bill (Work and Services Not Separately Itemised) respectively.

Sub-heading WORK AND SERVICES NOT SEPARATELY ITEMISED

Notes A. A separate item shall be provided for under the sub-heading “Work and services not separately itemised” in accordance with the followingitemisation table:

Group Feature Unit I 1. Execute, complete, maintain and/or

supply all work and services described or identified in the Specification, General Conditions of Contract or Special Conditions of Contract and which are not shown on Drawings and not covered or separately measured under any other items of work

sum

B. The Method of Measurement shall contain the item descriptions and

units for all items of work that are measured in the bills within the Bills of Quantities. The following is a typical example of such item descriptions and units under this sub-heading:

Item description and unit

30.01 Item description and unit shall be:

Item description Work and services not separately itemised

Unit

30.01.1 Execute, complete, maintain and/or supply all work and services described or identified in the Specification, General Conditions of Contract or Special Conditions of Contract and which are not shown on Drawings and not covered or separately measured under any other items of work

sum

Page 248: Handbook for Preparing Bq[1]

248

Measurement 30.02 For interim payment purpose, the estimated value of the item under the

sub-heading “Work and services not separately itemised” shall be calculated by multiplying the amount inserted by the Contractor in the billin respect of such item with the following factor:

X Y

where X = estimated value of the Works other than the item under the sub-heading “Work and services not separately itemised”and the Adjustment Item

Y = the Contract Sum less the amount inserted by the

Contractor in the bill in respect of the item under the sub-heading “Work and services not separately itemised” and the Adjustment Item

provided that the factor X/Y shall be taken as 1.0 if and when the factor is worked out to be more than 1.0.

30.03 Subject to paragraph 30.02 above, any balance of the amount inserted by the Contractor in the bill in respect of the item under the sub-heading “Work and services not separately itemised” shall be paid following the issue of the certificate of completion of the Works or the last Section of the Works.